Add MIPS r3 and r5 support.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
4b95cf5c 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
4b95cf5c 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
4b95cf5c 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
402 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 403 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
ae52f483
AB
404 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
405 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 407 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 410 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 411 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 412 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 413 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 414 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 415 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 416 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 417 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 418 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 419 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 420 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 421 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 422 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
423 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
424 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 425 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 426 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
427@end ifset
428@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
429
430@emph{Target MMIX options:}
431 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
432 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
433 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 434 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 435@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
436@ifset NIOSII
437
438@emph{Target Nios II options:}
439 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
440 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
441@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
442@ifset NDS32
443
444@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
445 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
446 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
447 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
448 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
451 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
452 [@b{-mb2bb}]
453@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
454@ifset PDP11
455
456@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
457 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
458 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 459 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
460@end ifset
461@ifset PJ
462
463@emph{Target picoJava options:}
464 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
465@end ifset
466@ifset PPC
467
468@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
469 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
470 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
471 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 472 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 473 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
474 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
475 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 476 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
477 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
478 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 479 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 480 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 481@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
482@ifset RX
483
484@emph{Target RX options:}
485 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 486 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
487 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
488 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
489 [@b{-mpid}]
490 [@b{-mrelax}]
491 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
492 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 493@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
494@ifset S390
495
496@emph{Target s390 options:}
497 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
498 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
499 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
500@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
501@ifset SCORE
502
503@emph{Target SCORE options:}
504 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
505 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
506 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
507 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
508@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
509@ifset SPARC
510
511@emph{Target SPARC options:}
512@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
513 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
514 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
515 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
516 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
517@end ifset
518@ifset TIC54X
519
520@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 521 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
522 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
523@end ifset
3c9b82ba 524
40b36596
JM
525@ifset TIC6X
526
527@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
528 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
529 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
530 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 531@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
532@ifset TILEGX
533
534@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 535 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
536@end ifset
537@ifset TILEPRO
538@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
539@end ifset
40b36596 540
2d8b84ae
SA
541@ifset XTENSA
542
543@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
544 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
545 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
546 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
547 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 548 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae
SA
549@end ifset
550
3c9b82ba
NC
551@ifset Z80
552
553@emph{Target Z80 options:}
554 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
555 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
556 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
557 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
558 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
559 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
560 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
561@end ifset
562
a4fb0134
SC
563@ifset Z8000
564@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 565@end ifset
e0001a05 566
0285c67d 567@c man end
252b5132
RH
568@end smallexample
569
0285c67d
NC
570@c man begin OPTIONS
571
a4fb0134 572@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 573@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 574
83f10cb2 575@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
576Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
577
a4fb0134 578@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
579@item -ac
580omit false conditionals
581
582@item -ad
583omit debugging directives
584
83f10cb2
NC
585@item -ag
586include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
587
252b5132
RH
588@item -ah
589include high-level source
590
591@item -al
592include assembly
593
594@item -am
595include macro expansions
596
597@item -an
598omit forms processing
599
600@item -as
601include symbols
602
603@item =file
604set the name of the listing file
605@end table
606
607You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
608listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
609the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
610
caa32fe5 611@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
612Begin in alternate macro mode.
613@ifclear man
614@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
615@end ifclear
caa32fe5 616
955974c6
CC
617@item --compress-debug-sections
618Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
619to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
620compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
621
622@item --nocompress-debug-sections
623Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
624
252b5132
RH
625@item -D
626Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
627other assemblers.
628
3d6b762c
JM
629@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
630When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
631information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
632
252b5132
RH
633@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
634Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
635@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
636indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
637value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
638use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
639
640@item -f
641``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
642compiler output).
643
329e276d
NC
644@item -g
645@itemx --gen-debug
646Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
647debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
648ECOFF or DWARF2.
649
252b5132
RH
650@item --gstabs
651Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
652may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
653
05da4302
NC
654@item --gstabs+
655Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
656extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
657debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
658may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
659the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
660
329e276d 661@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 662Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 663may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 664option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 665
b40bf0a2
NC
666@item --gdwarf-sections
667Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
668.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
669corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
670will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
671@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
672then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
673suffix.
674
21be61f5
L
675@item --size-check=error
676@itemx --size-check=warning
677Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
678
252b5132
RH
679@item --help
680Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
681
ea20a7da
CC
682@item --target-help
683Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
684
252b5132
RH
685@item -I @var{dir}
686Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
687
688@item -J
689Don't warn about signed overflow.
690
691@item -K
692@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
693This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
694@end ifclear
695@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
696Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
697@end ifset
698
699@item -L
700@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
701Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
702system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
703or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
704@ifclear man
705@xref{Symbol Names}.
706@end ifclear
252b5132 707
c3a27914
NC
708@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
709Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
710listing to @var{number}.
711
712@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
713Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
714lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
715
716@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
717Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
718@var{number} bytes.
719
720@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
721Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
722to @var{number} + 1.
723
252b5132 724@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 725Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
726
727@item -R
728Fold the data section into the text section.
729
4bdd3565
NC
730@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
731Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
732@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
733assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
734memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
735requirements at the expense of speed.
736
737@item --reduce-memory-overheads
738This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
739assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
740@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
741
252b5132
RH
742@item --statistics
743Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
744assembly.
745
746@item --strip-local-absolute
747Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
748
749@item -v
750@itemx -version
a4fb0134 751Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
752
753@item --version
a4fb0134 754Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
755
756@item -W
2bdd6cf5 757@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
758Suppress warning messages.
759
2bdd6cf5
GK
760@item --fatal-warnings
761Treat warnings as errors.
762
763@item --warn
764Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
765
252b5132
RH
766@item -w
767Ignored.
768
769@item -x
770Ignored.
771
772@item -Z
773Generate an object file even after errors.
774
775@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
776Standard input, or source files to assemble.
777
778@end table
2a633939
JM
779@c man end
780
a06ea964
NC
781@ifset AARCH64
782
783@ifclear man
784@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
785for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
786@end ifclear
787
788@ifset man
789@c man begin OPTIONS
790The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
79164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
792@c man end
793@c man begin INCLUDE
794@include c-aarch64.texi
795@c ended inside the included file
796@end ifset
797
798@end ifset
799
2a633939
JM
800@ifset ALPHA
801
802@ifclear man
803@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
804for an Alpha processor.
805@end ifclear
806
807@ifset man
808@c man begin OPTIONS
809The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
810processor.
811@c man end
812@c man begin INCLUDE
813@include c-alpha.texi
814@c ended inside the included file
815@end ifset
816
817@end ifset
252b5132 818
2a633939 819@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
820@ifset ARC
821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
822an ARC processor.
823
a4fb0134 824@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
825@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
826This option selects the core processor variant.
827@item -EB | -EL
828Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
829@end table
830@end ifset
831
832@ifset ARM
833The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
834processor family.
835
a4fb0134 836@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 837@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 838Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 839@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 840Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 841@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 842Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
843@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
844Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
845@item -mthumb
846Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 847@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
848Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
849@item -EB | -EL
850Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
851@item -mthumb-interwork
852Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
853ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
854@item -mccs
855Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
856@item -k
857Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
858@end table
859@end ifset
635fb38d 860@c man end
252b5132 861
9982501a 862@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
863
864@ifclear man
865@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
866configured for the Blackfin processor family.
867@end ifclear
868
869@ifset man
870@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
871The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
872the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
873@c man end
874@c man begin INCLUDE
875@include c-bfin.texi
876@c ended inside the included file
877@end ifset
9982501a 878
9982501a
JZ
879@end ifset
880
635fb38d 881@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
882@ifset CRIS
883See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
884@end ifset
885
252b5132
RH
886@ifset D10V
887The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
888a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 889@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
890@cindex D10V optimization
891@cindex optimization, D10V
892@item -O
893Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
894@end table
895@end ifset
896
897@ifset D30V
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
899processor.
a4fb0134 900@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
901@cindex D30V optimization
902@cindex optimization, D30V
903@item -O
904Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
905
906@cindex D30V nops
907@item -n
908Warn when nops are generated.
909
910@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
911@item -N
912Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
913@end table
914@end ifset
731caf76
L
915@c man end
916
cfb8c092
NC
917@ifset EPIPHANY
918The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
919Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
920
56b13185
JR
921@ifclear man
922@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
923configured for an Epiphany processor.
924@end ifclear
cfb8c092 925
56b13185
JR
926@ifset man
927@c man begin OPTIONS
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
929an Epiphany processor.
930@c man end
931@c man begin INCLUDE
932@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
933@c ended inside the included file
934@end ifset
935
936@end ifset
937
938@ifset H8300
939
940@ifclear man
941@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
942for an H8/300 processor.
943@end ifclear
944
945@ifset man
946@c man begin OPTIONS
947The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
948processor.
949@c man end
950@c man begin INCLUDE
951@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
952@c ended inside the included file
953@end ifset
cfb8c092 954
cfb8c092
NC
955@end ifset
956
731caf76 957@ifset I80386
252b5132 958
731caf76
L
959@ifclear man
960@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
961configured for an i386 processor.
962@end ifclear
963
964@ifset man
965@c man begin OPTIONS
966The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
967an i386 processor.
968@c man end
969@c man begin INCLUDE
970@include c-i386.texi
971@c ended inside the included file
972@end ifset
973
974@end ifset
975
976@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
977@ifset I960
978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
979Intel 80960 processor.
980
a4fb0134 981@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
982@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
983Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
984
985@item -b
986Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
987
988@item -no-relax
989Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
990error if necessary.
991
992@end table
993@end ifset
994
a40cbfa3
NC
995@ifset IP2K
996The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 997Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
998
999@table @gcctabopt
1000
1001@item -mip2022ext
1002Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1003
1004@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1005Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1006just the basic IP2022 ones.
1007
1008@end table
1009@end ifset
1010
49f58d10
JB
1011@ifset M32C
1012The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1013Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1014
1015@table @gcctabopt
1016
1017@item -m32c
1018Assemble M32C instructions.
1019
1020@item -m16c
1021Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1022
c54b5932
DD
1023@item -relax
1024Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1025
1026@item -h-tick-hex
1027Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1028
49f58d10
JB
1029@end table
1030@end ifset
1031
ec694b89
NC
1032@ifset M32R
1033The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1034Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1035
a4fb0134 1036@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1037
1038@item --m32rx
1039Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1040is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1041
1042@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1043Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1044encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1045
1046@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1047Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1048encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1049
1050@end table
1051@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1052
1053@ifset M680X0
1054The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1055Motorola 68000 series.
1056
a4fb0134 1057@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1058
1059@item -l
1060Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1061
0285c67d
NC
1062@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1063@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1064@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1065Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1066is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1067
1068@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1069The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1070The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1071the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1072two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1073coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1074
1075@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1076The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1077unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1078
1079@end table
1080@end ifset
1081
36591ba1
SL
1082@ifset NIOSII
1083
1084@ifclear man
1085@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1086for an Altera Nios II processor.
1087@end ifclear
1088
1089@ifset man
1090@c man begin OPTIONS
1091The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1092Altera Nios II processor.
1093@c man end
1094@c man begin INCLUDE
1095@include c-nios2.texi
1096@c ended inside the included file
1097@end ifset
1098@end ifset
1099
e135f41b
NC
1100@ifset PDP11
1101
1102For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1103see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1104
a4fb0134 1105@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1106@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1107Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1108default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1109
1110@item -mall
1111@itemx -mall-extensions
1112Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1113
1114@item -mno-extensions
1115Disable all instruction set extensions.
1116
1117@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1118Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1119
1120@item -m@var{cpu}
1121Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1122disable all other extensions.
1123
1124@item -m@var{machine}
1125Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1126model, and disable all other extensions.
1127@end table
1128
1129@end ifset
1130
041dd5a9
ILT
1131@ifset PJ
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1133a picoJava processor.
1134
a4fb0134 1135@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1136
1137@cindex PJ endianness
1138@cindex endianness, PJ
1139@cindex big endian output, PJ
1140@item -mb
1141Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1142
1143@cindex little endian output, PJ
1144@item -ml
1145Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1146
1147@end table
1148@end ifset
1149
60bcf0fa
NC
1150@ifset M68HC11
1151The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1152Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1153
a4fb0134 1154@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1155
6927f982 1156@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1157Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1158defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1159
6927f982
NC
1160@item --xgate-ramoffset
1161Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1162XGATE address space.
1163
2f904664
SC
1164@item -mshort
1165Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1166
1167@item -mlong
01642c12 1168Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1169
1170@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1171Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1172
1173@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1174Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1175
1370e33d 1176@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1177Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1178conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1179sub routine.
1180
1370e33d
NC
1181@item -S | --short-branches
1182Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1183when the offset is out of range.
1184
1185@item --strict-direct-mode
1186Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1187when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1188
1189@item --print-insn-syntax
1190Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1191
1192@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1193Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1194
1195@item --generate-example
6927f982 1196Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1197This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1198
1199@end table
1200@end ifset
1201
252b5132 1202@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1203The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1204for the SPARC architecture:
1205
a4fb0134 1206@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1207@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1208@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1209Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1210
1211@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1212@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1213
1214@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1215UltraSPARC extensions.
1216
1217@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1218For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1219equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1220
1221@item -bump
1222Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1223@end table
1224@end ifset
1225
39bec121
TW
1226@ifset TIC54X
1227The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1228architecture.
39bec121 1229
a4fb0134 1230@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1231@item -mfar-mode
1232Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1233extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1234@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1235Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1236@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1237Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1238behaviour in the shell.
1239@end table
1240@end ifset
1241
252b5132
RH
1242@ifset MIPS
1243The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1244a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1245
a4fb0134 1246@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1247@item -G @var{num}
1248This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1249implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1250use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1251
1252@cindex MIPS endianness
1253@cindex endianness, MIPS
1254@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1255@item -EB
1256Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1257
1258@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1259@item -EL
1260Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1261
1262@cindex MIPS ISA
1263@item -mips1
1264@itemx -mips2
1265@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1266@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1267@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1268@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1269@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1270@itemx -mips32r3
1271@itemx -mips32r5
4058e45f 1272@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1273@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1274@itemx -mips64r3
1275@itemx -mips64r5
98508b2a 1276Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1277@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1278alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1279@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483
AB
1280@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
1281@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2}, @samp{-mips64r3}, and
1282@samp{-mips64r5} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1283MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2,
1284MIPS64 Release 3, and MIPS64 Release 5 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1285
98508b2a
RS
1286@item -march=@var{cpu}
1287Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1288
1289@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1290Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1291
1292@item -mfix7000
1293@itemx -mno-fix7000
1294Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1295of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1296
a8d14a88
CM
1297@item -mfix-rm7000
1298@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1299Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1300followed by a load instruction.
1301
ecb4347a
DJ
1302@item -mdebug
1303@itemx -no-mdebug
1304Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1305section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1306
dcd410fe
RO
1307@item -mpdr
1308@itemx -mno-pdr
1309Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1310
437ee9d5
TS
1311@item -mgp32
1312@itemx -mfp32
1313The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1314flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1315all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1316and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1317
1318@item -mips16
1319@itemx -no-mips16
1320Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1321@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1322turns off this option.
252b5132 1323
df58fc94
RS
1324@item -mmicromips
1325@itemx -mno-micromips
1326Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1327@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1328turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1329at the start of the assembly file.
1330
e16bfa71
TS
1331@item -msmartmips
1332@itemx -mno-smartmips
1333Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1334equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1335@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1336
1f25f5d3
CD
1337@item -mips3d
1338@itemx -no-mips3d
1339Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1340This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1341@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1342
deec1734
CD
1343@item -mdmx
1344@itemx -no-mdmx
1345Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1346This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1347@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1348
2ef2b9ae
CF
1349@item -mdsp
1350@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1351Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1352This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1353@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1354
8b082fb1
TS
1355@item -mdspr2
1356@itemx -mno-dspr2
1357Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1358This option implies -mdsp.
1359This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1360@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1361
56d438b1
CF
1362@item -mmsa
1363@itemx -mno-msa
1364Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1365This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1366@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1367
7d64c587
AB
1368@item -mxpa
1369@itemx -mno-xpa
1370Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1371This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1372@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1373
ef2e4d86
CF
1374@item -mmt
1375@itemx -mno-mt
1376Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1377This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1378@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1379
dec0624d
MR
1380@item -mmcu
1381@itemx -mno-mcu
1382Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1383This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1384@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1385
833794fc
MR
1386@item -minsn32
1387@itemx -mno-insn32
1388Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1389microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1390instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1391the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1392option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1393start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1394selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1395
437ee9d5
TS
1396@item --construct-floats
1397@itemx --no-construct-floats
1398The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1399double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1400value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1401the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1402selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1403
3bf0dbfb
MR
1404@item --relax-branch
1405@itemx --no-relax-branch
1406The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1407branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1408out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1409
ba92f887
MR
1410@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1411Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1412(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1413
252b5132
RH
1414@cindex emulation
1415@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1416This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1417on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1418removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1419It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1420
1421The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1422@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1423is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1424big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1425preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1426
1427@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1428@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1429the native tools.
1430
252b5132
RH
1431@item --trap
1432@itemx --no-trap
1433@itemx --break
1434@itemx --no-break
1435Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1436@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1437(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1438@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1439break exception.
63486801
L
1440
1441@item -n
a4fb0134 1442When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1443time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1444@end table
1445@end ifset
1446
1447@ifset MCORE
1448The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1449an MCore processor.
1450
a4fb0134 1451@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1452@item -jsri2bsr
1453@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1454Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1455The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1456
1457@item -sifilter
1458@itemx -nosifilter
1459Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1460The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1461
1462@item -relax
1463Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1464
ec694b89
NC
1465@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1466Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1467can be assembled.
1468
1469@item -EB
1470Assemble for a big endian target.
1471
1472@item -EL
1473Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1474
1475@end table
1476@end ifset
a3c62988 1477@c man end
252b5132 1478
a3c62988
NC
1479@ifset METAG
1480
1481@ifclear man
1482@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1483for a Meta processor.
1484@end ifclear
1485
1486@ifset man
1487@c man begin OPTIONS
1488The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1489Meta processor.
1490@c man end
1491@c man begin INCLUDE
1492@include c-metag.texi
1493@c ended inside the included file
1494@end ifset
1495
1496@end ifset
1497
1498@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1499@ifset MMIX
1500See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1501@end ifset
1502
35c08157
KLC
1503@ifset NDS32
1504
1505@ifclear man
1506@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1507for a NDS32 processor.
1508@end ifclear
1509@c ended inside the included file
1510@end ifset
1511
1512@ifset man
1513@c man begin OPTIONS
1514The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1515NDS32 processor.
1516@c man end
1517@c man begin INCLUDE
1518@include c-nds32.texi
1519@c ended inside the included file
1520@end ifset
1521
635fb38d 1522@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1523@ifset PPC
1524
1525@ifclear man
1526@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1527for a PowerPC processor.
1528@end ifclear
1529
1530@ifset man
1531@c man begin OPTIONS
1532The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1533PowerPC processor.
1534@c man end
1535@c man begin INCLUDE
1536@include c-ppc.texi
1537@c ended inside the included file
1538@end ifset
1539
1540@end ifset
1541
635fb38d 1542@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1543@ifset RX
1544See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1545@end ifset
1546
11c19e16
MS
1547@ifset S390
1548The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1549processor family.
1550
1551@table @gcctabopt
1552@item -m31
1553@itemx -m64
1554Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1555@item -mesa
1556@item -mzarch
1557Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1558Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1559@item -march=@var{processor}
1560Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1561@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1562@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1563@item -mregnames
1564@itemx -mno-regnames
1565Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1566@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1567Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1568but evaluates to zero.
1569@end table
1570@end ifset
2a633939 1571@c man end
11c19e16 1572
40b36596 1573@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1574
1575@ifclear man
1576@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1577for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1578@end ifclear
1579
1580@ifset man
1581@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1582The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1583TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1584@c man end
1585@c man begin INCLUDE
1586@include c-tic6x.texi
1587@c ended inside the included file
1588@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1589
1590@end ifset
1591
aa137e4d
NC
1592@ifset TILEGX
1593
1594@ifclear man
1595@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1596for a TILE-Gx processor.
1597@end ifclear
1598
1599@ifset man
1600@c man begin OPTIONS
1601The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1602processor.
1603@c man end
1604@c man begin INCLUDE
1605@include c-tilegx.texi
1606@c ended inside the included file
1607@end ifset
1608
1609@end ifset
1610
e0001a05 1611@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1612
2d8b84ae
SA
1613@ifclear man
1614@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1615for an Xtensa processor.
1616@end ifclear
1617
1618@ifset man
1619@c man begin OPTIONS
1620The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1621Xtensa processor.
1622@c man end
1623@c man begin INCLUDE
1624@include c-xtensa.texi
1625@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1626@end ifset
1627
2d8b84ae
SA
1628@end ifset
1629
1630@c man begin OPTIONS
1631
3c9b82ba
NC
1632@ifset Z80
1633The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1634a Z80 family processor.
1635@table @gcctabopt
1636@item -z80
1637Assemble for Z80 processor.
1638@item -r800
1639Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1640@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1641@itemx -Wnud
1642Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1643@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1644@itemx -Wnup
1645Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1646@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1647@itemx -Wud
1648Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1649@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1650@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1651Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1652@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1653@itemx -Fud
1654Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1655@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1656@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1657Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1658@end table
1659@end ifset
1660
0285c67d
NC
1661@c man end
1662
252b5132
RH
1663@menu
1664* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1665* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1666* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1667* Command Line:: Command Line
1668* Input Files:: Input Files
1669* Object:: Output (Object) File
1670* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1671@end menu
1672
1673@node Manual
1674@section Structure of this Manual
1675
1676@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1677This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1678@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1679notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1680@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1681
1682@ifclear GENERIC
1683We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1684configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1685@end ifclear
1686@ifset GENERIC
1687This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1688various flavors of the assembler.
1689@end ifset
1690
1691@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1692On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1693to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1694In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1695architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1696mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1697particular architecture.
1698@ifset GENERIC
1699You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1700machine architecture manual for this information.
1701@end ifset
1702@ifclear GENERIC
1703@ifset H8/300
1704For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1705Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1706Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1707@end ifset
252b5132 1708@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1709For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1710see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1711@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1712@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1713@end ifset
1714@ifset Z8000
1715For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1716@end ifset
1717@end ifclear
1718
1719@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1720@ignore
1721Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1722the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1723Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1724computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1725once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1726qualification.
1727
a4fb0134 1728@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1729human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1730computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1731@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1732@end ignore
1733
1734@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1735@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1736@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1737@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1738@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1739@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1740@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1741@c directives).
1742
1743@node GNU Assembler
1744@section The GNU Assembler
1745
0285c67d
NC
1746@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1747
a4fb0134 1748@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1749@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1750This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1751configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1752@end ifclear
1753If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1754should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1755architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1756including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1757@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1758
1759@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1760@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1761@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1762@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1763assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1764machine would assemble.
1765@ifset VAX
1766Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1767@end ifset
1768@ifset M680X0
1769@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1770@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1771This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1772assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1773incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1774@end ifset
1775
0285c67d
NC
1776@c man end
1777
a4fb0134 1778Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1779program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1780@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1781
1782@node Object Formats
1783@section Object File Formats
1784
1785@cindex object file format
1786The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1787object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1788write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1789are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1790Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1791@ifclear GENERIC
1792@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1793For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1794@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1795@end ifclear
1796@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1797@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1798On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1799@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1800@end ifset
1801@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1802On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1803SOM or ELF format object files.
1804@end ifset
1805@end ifclear
1806
1807@node Command Line
1808@section Command Line
1809
1810@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1811
a4fb0134 1812After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1813options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1814before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1815significant.
1816
1817@cindex standard input, as input file
1818@kindex --
1819@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1820explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1821
1822@cindex options, command line
1823Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1824hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1825@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1826option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1827the letter is important. All options are optional.
1828
1829Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1830name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1831with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1832standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1833
1834@smallexample
1835@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1836@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1837@end smallexample
1838
1839@node Input Files
1840@section Input Files
1841
1842@cindex input
1843@cindex source program
1844@cindex files, input
1845We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1846describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1847be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1848doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1849
1850@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1851@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1852The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1853order specified.
1854
0285c67d 1855@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1856Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1857program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1858(The standard input is also a file.)
1859
a4fb0134 1860You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1861names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1862command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1863is taken to be an input file name.
1864
a4fb0134
SC
1865If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1866from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1867may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1868to assemble.
1869
1870Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1871in your command line.
1872
a4fb0134 1873If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1874file.
1875
0285c67d
NC
1876@c man end
1877
252b5132
RH
1878@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1879
1880@cindex input file linenumbers
1881@cindex line numbers, in input files
1882There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1883either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1884number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1885``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1886
1887@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1888to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1889
1890@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1891directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1892error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1893is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1894@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1895@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1896
1897@node Object
1898@section Output (Object) File
1899
1900@cindex object file
1901@cindex output file
1902@kindex a.out
1903@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1904Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1905your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1906is the object file. Its default name is
1907@ifclear BOUT
1908@code{a.out}.
1909@end ifclear
1910@ifset BOUT
1911@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1912@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1913@end ifset
a4fb0134 1914@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1915@end ifset
a4fb0134 1916You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1917object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1918reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1919directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1920possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1921
1922@cindex linker
1923@kindex ld
1924The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1925assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1926the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1927information for the debugger.
1928
1929@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1930@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1931
1932@node Errors
1933@section Error and Warning Messages
1934
0285c67d
NC
1935@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1936
a349d9dd 1937@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1938@cindex warning messages
1939@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1940@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1941file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1942runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1943that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1944grave problem that stops the assembly.
1945
0285c67d
NC
1946@c man end
1947
252b5132
RH
1948@cindex format of warning messages
1949Warning messages have the format
1950
1951@smallexample
1952file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1953@end smallexample
1954
1955@noindent
1956@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1957(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1958(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1959the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1960@ifset GENERIC
1961(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1962@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1963then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1964otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1965message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1966tradition).
1967
1968@cindex format of error messages
1969Error messages have the format
1970@smallexample
1971file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1972@end smallexample
1973The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1974messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1975because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1976
1977@node Invoking
1978@chapter Command-Line Options
1979
1980@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1981This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1982versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1983for options specific
252b5132 1984@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1985to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1986@end ifclear
1987@ifset GENERIC
1988to particular machine architectures.
1989@end ifset
1990
0285c67d
NC
1991@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1992
c1253627 1993If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1994you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1995The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1996by commas. For example:
1997
1998@smallexample
1999gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2000@end smallexample
2001
2002@noindent
2003This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2004standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2005local symbols in the symbol table).
2006
2007Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2008command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2009(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2010precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2011assembler.)
2012
0285c67d
NC
2013@c man end
2014
252b5132 2015@menu
83f10cb2 2016* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2017* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2018* D:: -D for compatibility
2019* f:: -f to work faster
2020* I:: -I for .include search path
2021@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2022* K:: -K for compatibility
2023@end ifclear
2024@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2025* K:: -K for difference tables
2026@end ifset
2027
ba83aca1 2028* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2029* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2030* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2031* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2032* o:: -o to name the object file
2033* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2034* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2035* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2036* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2037* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2038* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2039@end menu
2040
2041@node a
83f10cb2 2042@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2043
2044@kindex -a
2045@kindex -ac
2046@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2047@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2048@kindex -ah
2049@kindex -al
2050@kindex -an
2051@kindex -as
2052@cindex listings, enabling
2053@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2054
2055These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2056@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2057You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2058@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2059@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2060@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2061High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2062@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2063also.
2064
83f10cb2
NC
2065Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2066information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2067
252b5132
RH
2068Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2069which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2070other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2071omitted from the listing.
2072
2073Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2074listing.
2075
2076Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2077listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2078@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2079@code{.sbttl}.
2080The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2081If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2082listing-control directives have no effect.
2083
2084The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2085@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2086
96e9638b
BW
2087Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2088because it
c3a27914
NC
2089is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2090is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2091directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2092stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2093memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2094
caa32fe5
NC
2095@node alternate
2096@section @option{--alternate}
2097
2098@kindex --alternate
2099Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2100
252b5132 2101@node D
a4fb0134 2102@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2103
2104@kindex -D
2105This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2106likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2107@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2108
2109@node f
a4fb0134 2110@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2111
2112@kindex -f
2113@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2114@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2115@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2116(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2117and comment preprocessing on
2118the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2119,Preprocessing}.
2120
2121@quotation
2122@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2123preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2124not work correctly.
2125@end quotation
2126
2127@node I
c1253627 2128@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2129
2130@kindex -I @var{path}
2131@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2132@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2133@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2134Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2135@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2136directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2137many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2138working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2139searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2140specified (left to right) on the command line.
2141
2142@node K
a4fb0134 2143@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2144
2145@kindex -K
2146@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2147On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2148permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2149where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2150generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2151family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2152alteration on other platforms.
2153@end ifclear
2154
2155@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2156@cindex difference tables, warning
2157@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2158@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2159form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2160You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2161is done.
2162@end ifset
2163
2164@node L
ba83aca1 2165@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2166
2167@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2168@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2169Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2170@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2171called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2172such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2173programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2174notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2175such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2176
2177This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2178in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2179@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2180
c3a27914 2181@node listing
a4fb0134 2182@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2183
2184The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2185@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2186hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2187them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2188directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2189@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2190@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2191@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2192
a4fb0134 2193@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2194@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2195@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2196@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2197Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2198dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2199
2200@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2201@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2202@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2203Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2204a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2205the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2206switch is used the default is to one.
2207
2208@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2209@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2210@cindex Width of source line output
2211Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2212alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2213source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2214
2215@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2216@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2217@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2218Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2219displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2220@end table
2221
252b5132 2222@node M
a4fb0134 2223@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2224
2225@kindex -M
2226@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2227The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2228changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2229compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2230configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2231MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2232information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2233arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2234assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2235
2236The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2237depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2238file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2239individually. These are:
2240
2241@itemize @bullet
2242@item global symbols in common section
2243
2244The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2245Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2246common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2247symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2248symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2249
2250@item complex relocations
2251
2252The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2253relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2254are not support by other object file formats.
2255
2256@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2257
2258The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2259This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2260instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2261script.
2262
2263@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2264
2265The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2266name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2267
2268@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2269
2270The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2271address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2272which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2273not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2274assigned within a linker script.
2275@end itemize
2276
2277There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2278@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2279seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2280
2281@itemize @bullet
2282
2283@item EBCDIC strings
2284
2285EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2286
2287@item packed binary coded decimal
2288
2289Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2290and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2291
2292@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2293
2294The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2295
2296@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2297
2298The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2299
2300@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2301
2302The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2303@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2304relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2305these options serve no purpose.
2306
2307@item @code{OPT} list control options
2308
2309The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2310@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2311@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2312
2313@item other @code{OPT} options
2314
2315The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2316@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2317
2318@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2319
2320The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2321@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2322
2323@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2324
2325The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2326
2327@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2328
2329The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2330
2331@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2332
2333The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2334
2335@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2336
2337The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2338
2339@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2340
2341The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2342
2343@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2344
2345The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2346
2347@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2348
2349The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2350
2351@end itemize
2352
2353@node MD
c1253627 2354@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2355
2356@kindex --MD
2357@cindex dependency tracking
2358@cindex make rules
2359
a4fb0134 2360@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2361file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2362dependencies of the main source file.
2363
2364The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2365
2366This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2367
2368@node o
a4fb0134 2369@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2370
2371@kindex -o
2372@cindex naming object file
2373@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2374There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2375default it has the name
2376@ifset GENERIC
2377@ifset I960
2378@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2379@end ifset
2380@ifclear I960
2381@file{a.out}.
2382@end ifclear
2383@end ifset
2384@ifclear GENERIC
2385@ifset I960
2386@file{b.out}.
2387@end ifset
2388@ifclear I960
2389@file{a.out}.
2390@end ifclear
2391@end ifclear
2392You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2393object file a different name.
2394
a4fb0134 2395Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2396existing file of the same name.
2397
2398@node R
a4fb0134 2399@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2400
2401@kindex -R
2402@cindex data and text sections, joining
2403@cindex text and data sections, joining
2404@cindex joining text and data sections
2405@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2406@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2407data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2408the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2409section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2410your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2411appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2412
a4fb0134 2413When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2414address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2415data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2416older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2417
c1253627
NC
2418@ifset COFF-ELF
2419When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2420this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2421@samp{.data}.
2422@end ifset
2423
2424@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2425@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2426@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2427@end ifset
2428
2429@node statistics
a4fb0134 2430@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2431
2432@kindex --statistics
2433@cindex statistics, about assembly
2434@cindex time, total for assembly
2435@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2436Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2437@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2438(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2439seconds).
2440
2441@node traditional-format
c1253627 2442@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2443
2444@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2445For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2446from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2447@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2448
2449For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2450@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2451
2452@node v
a4fb0134 2453@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2454
2455@kindex -v
2456@kindex -version
2457@cindex assembler version
2458@cindex version of assembler
2459You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2460option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2461command line.
2462
2463@node W
a4fb0134 2464@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2465
a4fb0134 2466@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2467assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2468cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2469made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2470
c1253627
NC
2471@kindex -W
2472@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2473@cindex suppressing warnings
2474@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2475If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2476This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2477how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2478are still reported.
2479
c1253627 2480@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2481@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2482@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2483If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2484files that generate warnings to be in error.
2485
c1253627 2486@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2487@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2488You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2489causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2490
2491@node Z
a4fb0134 2492@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2493@cindex object file, after errors
2494@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2495After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2496some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2497@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2498option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2499writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2500errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2501
2502@node Syntax
2503@chapter Syntax
2504
2505@cindex machine-independent syntax
2506@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2507This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2508source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2509assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2510@ifclear VAX
2511assembler.
2512@end ifclear
2513@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2514assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2515@end ifset
2516
2517@menu
7c31ae13 2518* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2519* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2520* Comments:: Comments
2521* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2522* Statements:: Statements
2523* Constants:: Constants
2524@end menu
2525
2526@node Preprocessing
2527@section Preprocessing
2528
2529@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2530The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2531@itemize @bullet
2532@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2533@item
2534adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2535the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2536a single space.
2537
2538@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2539@item
2540removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2541appropriate number of newlines.
2542
2543@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2544@item
2545converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2546@end itemize
2547
2548It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2549anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2550do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2551(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2552to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2553@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2554Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2555
2556Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2557cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2558preprocessed.
2559
2560@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2561@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2562@kindex #NO_APP
2563@kindex #APP
2564If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2565@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2566Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2567specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2568text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2569@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2570@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2571and whitespace.
2572
2573@node Whitespace
2574@section Whitespace
2575
2576@cindex whitespace
2577@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2578Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2579people to read. Unless within character constants
2580(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2581as exactly one space.
2582
2583@node Comments
2584@section Comments
2585
2586@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2587There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2588cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2589
2590Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2591This means you may not nest these comments.
2592
2593@smallexample
2594/*
2595 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2596 is to use this sort of comment.
2597*/
2598
2599/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2600@end smallexample
2601
2602@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2603Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2604considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2605specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2606line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2607line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2608comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2609upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2610@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2611
2612If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2613special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2614to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2615
2616@kindex #
2617@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2618@cindex logical line numbers
2619To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2620special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2621expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2622line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2623new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2624
2625If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2626the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2627
2628@smallexample
2629 # This is an ordinary comment.
2630# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2631 # This is logical line # 36.
2632@end smallexample
2633This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2634of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2635
2636@node Symbol Intro
2637@section Symbols
2638
2639@cindex characters used in symbols
2640@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2641A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2642letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2643@samp{_.$}.
2644@end ifclear
2645@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2646@ifclear GENERIC
2647@ifset H8
2648A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2649letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2650@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2651symbol names.)
2652@end ifset
2653@end ifclear
2654@end ifset
2655@ifset GENERIC
2656On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2657are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2658@end ifset
2659No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2660There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2661are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2662beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2663of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2664@cindex length of symbols
2665
2666@node Statements
2667@section Statements
2668
2669@cindex statements, structure of
2670@cindex line separator character
2671@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2672
2673A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2674@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2675specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2676target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2677The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2678preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2679exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2680
2681@cindex newline, required at file end
2682@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2683It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2684character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2685
2686An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2687
2688@cindex instructions and directives
2689@cindex directives and instructions
2690@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2691@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2692@c 13feb91.
2693A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2694key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2695symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2696symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2697directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2698a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2699assembles into a machine language instruction.
2700@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2701Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2702recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2703represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2704language.@refill
2705@end ifset
2706
2707@cindex @code{:} (label)
2708@cindex label (@code{:})
2709A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2710Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2711have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2712
2713@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2714For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2715the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2716only one label may be defined on each line.
2717@end ifset
2718
2719@smallexample
2720label: .directive followed by something
2721another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2722 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2723@end smallexample
2724
2725@node Constants
2726@section Constants
2727
2728@cindex constants
2729A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2730inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2731@smallexample
2732@group
2733.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2734.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2735.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2736.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
273795028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2738@end group
2739@end smallexample
2740
2741@menu
2742* Characters:: Character Constants
2743* Numbers:: Number Constants
2744@end menu
2745
2746@node Characters
2747@subsection Character Constants
2748
2749@cindex character constants
2750@cindex constants, character
2751There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2752for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2753numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2754@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2755used in arithmetic expressions.
2756
2757@menu
2758* Strings:: Strings
2759* Chars:: Characters
2760@end menu
2761
2762@node Strings
2763@subsubsection Strings
2764
2765@cindex string constants
2766@cindex constants, string
2767A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2768double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2769into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2770a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2771one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2772@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2773(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2774escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2775
2776@cindex escape codes, character
2777@cindex character escape codes
2778@table @kbd
2779@c @item \a
2780@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2781@c
2782@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2783@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2784@item \b
2785Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2786
2787@c @item \e
2788@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2789@c
2790@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2791@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2792@item \f
2793Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2794
2795@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2796@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2797@item \n
2798Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2799
2800@c @item \p
2801@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2802@c
2803@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2804@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2805@item \r
2806Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2807
2808@c @item \s
2809@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2810@c other assemblers.
2811@c
2812@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2813@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2814@item \t
2815Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2816
2817@c @item \v
2818@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2819@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2820@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2821@c
2822@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2823@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2824@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2825An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2826For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2827for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2828
2829@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2830@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2831@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2832A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2833lower case @code{x} works.
2834
2835@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2836@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2837@item \\
2838Represents one @samp{\} character.
2839
2840@c @item \'
2841@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2842@c This is needed in single character literals
2843@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2844@c a @samp{'}.
2845@c
2846@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2847@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2848@item \"
2849Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2850this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2851
2852@item \ @var{anything-else}
2853Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2854assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2855you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2856interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2857other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2858code and warns you of the fact.
2859@end table
2860
2861Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2862varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2863the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2864compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2865sequence.
2866
2867@node Chars
2868@subsubsection Characters
2869
2870@cindex single character constant
2871@cindex character, single
2872@cindex constant, single character
2873A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2874followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2875to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2876must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2877@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2878grave accent. A newline
2879@ifclear GENERIC
2880@ifclear abnormal-separator
2881(or semicolon @samp{;})
2882@end ifclear
2883@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2884@ifset H8
2885(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2886Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2887@end ifset
2888@end ifset
2889@end ifclear
2890immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2891and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2892constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2893that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2894@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2895
2896@node Numbers
2897@subsection Number Constants
2898
2899@cindex constants, number
2900@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2901@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2902are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2903would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2904integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2905are floating point numbers, described below.
2906
2907@menu
2908* Integers:: Integers
2909* Bignums:: Bignums
2910* Flonums:: Flonums
2911@ifclear GENERIC
2912@ifset I960
2913* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2914@end ifset
2915@end ifclear
2916@end menu
2917
2918@node Integers
2919@subsubsection Integers
2920@cindex integers
2921@cindex constants, integer
2922
2923@cindex binary integers
2924@cindex integers, binary
2925A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2926the binary digits @samp{01}.
2927
2928@cindex octal integers
2929@cindex integers, octal
2930An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2931digits (@samp{01234567}).
2932
2933@cindex decimal integers
2934@cindex integers, decimal
2935A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2936more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2937
2938@cindex hexadecimal integers
2939@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2940A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2941more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2942
2943Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2944the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2945(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2946
2947@node Bignums
2948@subsubsection Bignums
2949
2950@cindex bignums
2951@cindex constants, bignum
2952A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2953except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2954represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2955integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2956
2957@node Flonums
2958@subsubsection Flonums
2959@cindex flonums
2960@cindex floating point numbers
2961@cindex constants, floating point
2962
2963@cindex precision, floating point
2964A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2965indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2966@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2967sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2968to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2969portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2970
2971A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2972@itemize @bullet
2973@item
2974The digit @samp{0}.
2975@ifset HPPA
2976(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2977@end ifset
2978
2979@item
a4fb0134 2980A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2981@ifset GENERIC
2982@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2983@ignore
2984@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2985(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29864.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2987@end ignore
2988
7be1c489 2989On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2990and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2991one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2992
2993On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2994(in upper or lower case).
2995
2996On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2997one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2998
2999On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3000@end ifset
3001@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3002@ifset ARC
3003One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3004@end ifset
3005@ifset H8
3006One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3007@end ifset
3008@ifset HPPA
3009The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3010@end ifset
3011@ifset I960
3012One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3013@end ifset
3014@end ifclear
3015
3016@item
3017An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3018
3019@item
3020An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3021
3022@item
3023An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3024or more decimal digits.
3025
3026@item
3027An optional exponent, consisting of:
3028
3029@itemize @bullet
3030@item
3031An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3032@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3033@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3034@item
3035Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3036@item
3037One or more decimal digits.
3038@end itemize
3039
3040@end itemize
3041
3042At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3043present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3044
a4fb0134 3045@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3046independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3047@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3048
3049@ifclear GENERIC
3050@ifset I960
3051@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3052@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3053@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3054@node Bit Fields
3055@subsubsection Bit Fields
3056
3057@cindex bit fields
3058@cindex constants, bit field
3059You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3060Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3061@example
3062@var{mask}:@var{value}
3063@end example
3064@noindent
a4fb0134 3065@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3066@var{value}.
3067
3068The resulting number is then packed
3069@ifset GENERIC
3070@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3071(in host-dependent byte order)
3072@end ifset
3073into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3074bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3075requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3076more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3077least significant digits.@refill
3078
3079The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3080@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3081@end ifset
3082@end ifclear
3083
3084@node Sections
3085@chapter Sections and Relocation
3086@cindex sections
3087@cindex relocation
3088
3089@menu
3090* Secs Background:: Background
3091* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3092* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3093* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3094* bss:: bss Section
3095@end menu
3096
3097@node Secs Background
3098@section Background
3099
3100Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3101``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3102For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3103
3104@cindex linker, and assembler
3105@cindex assembler, and linker
3106The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3107combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3108emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3109@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3110different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3111oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3112sections.
3113
3114@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3115addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3116units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3117within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3118run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3119the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3120the proper run-time addresses.
3121@ifset H8
7be1c489 3122For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3123@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3124ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3125@end ifset
3126
3127@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3128An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3129of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3130@dfn{bss} sections.
3131
c1253627 3132@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3133@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3134When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3135@end ifset
a4fb0134 3136@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3137using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3138If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3139or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3140@end ifset
3141
3142@ifset HPPA
3143@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3144When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3145@end ifset
a4fb0134 3146@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3147specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3148@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3149(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3150assembler directives.
3151
3152@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3153Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3154text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3155is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3156BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3157@end ifset
3158@end ifset
3159
3160Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3161data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3162
3163@ifset HPPA
3164When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3165section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3166@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3167@end ifset
3168
3169To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3170relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3171object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3172@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3173file is mentioned:
3174@itemize @bullet
3175@item
3176Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3177an address?
3178@item
3179How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3180@item
3181Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3182@display
3183(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3184@end display
3185@item
3186Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3187@end itemize
3188
3189@cindex addresses, format of
3190@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3191In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3192@display
3193(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3194@end display
3195@noindent
a4fb0134 3196Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3197nature.
3198@ifset SOM
3199(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3200symbol-relative instead.)
3201@end ifset
3202
3203In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3204@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3205
3206Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3207@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3208addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3209@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3210@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3211data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3212their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3213part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3214address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3215
3216The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3217address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3218rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3219Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3220address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3221common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3222time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3223
3224By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3225the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3226sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3227customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3228the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3229data and bss sections.
3230
3231Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3232use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3233
3234@node Ld Sections
3235@section Linker Sections
3236@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3237
3238@table @strong
3239
c1253627 3240@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3241@cindex named sections
3242@cindex sections, named
3243@item named sections
3244@end ifset
3245@ifset aout-bout
3246@cindex text section
3247@cindex data section
3248@itemx text section
3249@itemx data section
3250@end ifset
a4fb0134 3251These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3252separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3253true of another.
3254@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3255When the program is running, however, it is
3256customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3257text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3258instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3259program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3260in the data section.
c1253627 3261@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3262
3263@cindex bss section
3264@item bss section
3265This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3266is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3267each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3268out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3269bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3270those explicit zeros from object files.
3271
3272@cindex absolute section
3273@item absolute section
3274Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3275This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3276not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3277addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3278
3279@cindex undefined section
3280@item undefined section
3281This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3282the preceding sections.
3283@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3284@end table
3285
3286@cindex relocation example
3287An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3288@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3289The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3290@end ifset
3291Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3292
3293@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3294@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3295@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3296@smallexample
3297 +-----+----+--+
3298partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3299 +-----+----+--+
3300
3301 text data bss
3302 seg. seg. seg.
3303
3304 +---+---+---+
3305partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3306 +---+---+---+
3307
3308 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3309linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3310 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3311
3312 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3313@end smallexample
3314@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3315@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3316@need 5000
3317@tex
c1253627 3318\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3319\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3320\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3321\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3322
3323\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3324\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3325\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3326
3327\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3328\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3329\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3330ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3331DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3332
3333\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3334\line{0\dots\hfil}
3335
3336@end tex
3337@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3338
3339@node As Sections
3340@section Assembler Internal Sections
3341
3342@cindex internal assembler sections
3343@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3344These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3345have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3346sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3347warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3348meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3349value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3350section-relative address.
3351
3352@table @b
3353@cindex assembler internal logic error
3354@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3355An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3356bug in the assembler.
3357
3358@cindex expr (internal section)
3359@item expr section
3360The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3361symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3362it in the expr section.
3363@c FIXME item debug
3364@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3365@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3366@c FIXME item register
3367@end table
3368
3369@node Sub-Sections
3370@section Sub-Sections
3371
3372@cindex numbered subsections
3373@cindex grouping data
3374@ifset aout-bout
3375Assembled bytes
c1253627 3376@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3377conventionally
3378@end ifset
3379fall into two sections: text and data.
3380@end ifset
3381You may have separate groups of
3382@ifset GENERIC
3383data in named sections
3384@end ifset
3385@ifclear GENERIC
3386@ifclear aout-bout
3387data in named sections
3388@end ifclear
3389@ifset aout-bout
3390text or data
3391@end ifset
3392@end ifclear
3393that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3394are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3395use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3396numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3397same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3398subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3399section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3400assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3401section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3402constants being output.
3403
3404Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3405goes in subsection number zero.
3406
3407@ifset GENERIC
3408Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3409(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3410of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3411@end ifset
3412@ifclear GENERIC
3413@ifset H8
7be1c489 3414On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3415boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3416The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3417@end ifset
3418@ifset I960
3419@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3420@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3421@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3422@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3423@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3424@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3425@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3426@end ifclear
3427
3428Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3429to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3430The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3431other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3432They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3433data subsections as a data section.
3434
3435To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3436into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3437@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3438@ifset COFF
252b5132 3439@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3440When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3441@end ifset
3442@ifclear GENERIC
3443You
3444@end ifclear
3445can also use an extra subsection
3446argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3447@var{expression}}.
3448@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3449@ifset ELF
3450@ifset GENERIC
3451When generating ELF output, you
3452@end ifset
3453@ifclear GENERIC
3454You
3455@end ifclear
3456can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3457to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3458@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3459@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3460(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3461is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3462begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3463@smallexample
3464.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3465.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3466.text 1
3467.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3468.data 0
3469.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3470.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3471.text 0
3472.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3473.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3474@end smallexample
3475
3476Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3477assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3478restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3479counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3480@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3481current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3482assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3483
3484@node bss
3485@section bss Section
3486
3487@cindex bss section
3488@cindex common variable storage
3489The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3490You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3491not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3492your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3493section are zeroed bytes.
3494
3495The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3496@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3497
3498The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3499another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3500
3501@ifset GENERIC
3502When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3503COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3504see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3505section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3506@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3507@end ifset
3508
3509@node Symbols
3510@chapter Symbols
3511
3512@cindex symbols
3513Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3514things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3515to debug.
3516
3517@quotation
3518@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3519@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3520the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3521@end quotation
3522
3523@menu
3524* Labels:: Labels
3525* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3526* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3527* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3528* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3529@end menu
3530
3531@node Labels
3532@section Labels
3533
3534@cindex labels
3535A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3536@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3537active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3538operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3539different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3540definitions.
3541
3542@ifset HPPA
3543On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3544colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3545a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3546provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3547@end ifset
3548
3549@node Setting Symbols
3550@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3551
3552@cindex assigning values to symbols
3553@cindex symbol values, assigning
3554A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3555by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3556(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3557directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3558equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3559@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3560
f8739b83
JZ
3561@ifset Blackfin
3562Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3563@end ifset
3564
252b5132
RH
3565@node Symbol Names
3566@section Symbol Names
3567
3568@cindex symbol names
3569@cindex names, symbol
3570@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3571Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3572machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3573noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3574string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3575particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3576@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3577@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3578@ifset H8
3579Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3580Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3581character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3582on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3583@end ifset
3584@end ifset
3585
3586Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3587than @code{Foo}.
3588
7bfd842d
NC
3589Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3590multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3591@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3592currently supported.
3593
252b5132
RH
3594Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3595refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3596in a program.
3597
3598@subheading Local Symbol Names
3599
3600@cindex local symbol names
3601@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3602A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3603By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3604@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3605set of local label prefixes.
3606@ifset HPPA
3607On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3608@end ifset
3609
3610Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3611normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3612You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3613@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3614
3615@subheading Local Labels
3616
3617@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3618@cindex temporary symbol names
3619@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3620Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3621They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3622the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3623To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3624represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3625definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3626you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3627@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3628for ``forwards''.
3629
3630There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3631too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3632the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3633defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3634definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3635noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3636implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3637
3638Here is an example:
3639
3640@smallexample
36411: branch 1f
36422: branch 1b
36431: branch 2f
36442: branch 1b
3645@end smallexample
3646
3647Which is the equivalent of:
3648
3649@smallexample
3650label_1: branch label_3
3651label_2: branch label_1
3652label_3: branch label_4
3653label_4: branch label_3
3654@end smallexample
3655
ba83aca1 3656Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3657transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3658The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3659are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3660these parts:
252b5132
RH
3661
3662@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3663@item @emph{local label prefix}
3664All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3665Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3666that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3667used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3668@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3669object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3670you may use them in debugging.
3671
2d5aaba0
NC
3672@item @var{number}
3673This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3674label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3675
2d5aaba0
NC
3676@item @kbd{C-B}
3677This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3678of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3679
3680@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3681This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3682@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3683number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3684the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3685@end table
3686
ba83aca1
BW
3687So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3688the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3689
3690@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3691@cindex dollar local symbols
3692
3693@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3694dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3695soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3696region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3697scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3698the same local label.
3699
3700Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3701except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3702@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3703
3704They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3705names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3706to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3707@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3708
3709@node Dot
3710@section The Special Dot Symbol
3711
3712@cindex dot (symbol)
3713@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3714@cindex current address
3715@cindex location counter
3716The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3717@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3718.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3719Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3720directive.
252b5132 3721@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3722Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3723@samp{.space 4}.
3724@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3725
3726@node Symbol Attributes
3727@section Symbol Attributes
3728
3729@cindex symbol attributes
3730@cindex attributes, symbol
3731Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3732``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3733attributes.
3734@ifset INTERNALS
3735The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3736@end ifset
3737
a4fb0134 3738If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3739all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3740symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3741would want.
3742
3743@menu
3744* Symbol Value:: Value
3745* Symbol Type:: Type
3746@ifset aout-bout
3747@ifset GENERIC
3748* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3749@end ifset
3750@ifclear GENERIC
3751@ifclear BOUT
3752* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3753@end ifclear
3754@ifset BOUT
3755* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3756@end ifset
3757@end ifclear
3758@end ifset
3759@ifset COFF
3760* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3761@end ifset
3762@ifset SOM
3763* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3764@end ifset
3765@end menu
3766
3767@node Symbol Value
3768@subsection Value
3769
3770@cindex value of a symbol
3771@cindex symbol value
3772The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3773location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3774number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3775Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3776as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3777symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3778called absolute.
3779
3780The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37810 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3782@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3783same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3784name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3785common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3786bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3787allocated storage.
3788
3789@node Symbol Type
3790@subsection Type
3791
3792@cindex type of a symbol
3793@cindex symbol type
3794The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3795information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3796(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3797format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3798
3799@ifset aout-bout
3800@ifclear GENERIC
3801@ifset BOUT
3802@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3803@c better if it were available outside examples.
3804@need 1000
3805@node a.out Symbols
3806@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3807
3808@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3809@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3810These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3811one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3812@code{b.out}.
3813
3814@end ifset
3815@ifclear BOUT
3816@node a.out Symbols
3817@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3818
3819@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3820@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3821
3822@end ifclear
3823@end ifclear
3824@ifset GENERIC
3825@node a.out Symbols
3826@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3827
3828@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3829@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3830
3831@end ifset
3832@menu
3833* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3834* Symbol Other:: Other
3835@end menu
3836
3837@node Symbol Desc
3838@subsubsection Descriptor
3839
3840@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3841This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3842descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3843(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3844@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3845
3846@node Symbol Other
3847@subsubsection Other
3848
3849@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3850This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3851@end ifset
3852
3853@ifset COFF
3854@node COFF Symbols
3855@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3856
3857@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3858@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3859
3860The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3861like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3862@code{.endef} directives.
3863
3864@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3865
3866@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3867The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3868respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3869
3870@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3871
3872@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3873The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3874@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3875table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3876@end ifset
3877
3878@ifset SOM
3879@node SOM Symbols
3880@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3881
3882@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3883@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3884
3885The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3886the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3887
01642c12 3888The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3889Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3890@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3891@end ifset
3892
3893@node Expressions
3894@chapter Expressions
3895
3896@cindex expressions
3897@cindex addresses
3898@cindex numeric values
3899An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3900Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3901
3902The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3903a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3904enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3905section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3906the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3907@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3908
3909@menu
3910* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3911* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3912@end menu
3913
3914@node Empty Exprs
3915@section Empty Expressions
3916
3917@cindex empty expressions
3918@cindex expressions, empty
3919An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3920Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3921expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3922is compatible with other assemblers.
3923
3924@node Integer Exprs
3925@section Integer Expressions
3926
3927@cindex integer expressions
3928@cindex expressions, integer
3929An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3930by @emph{operators}.
3931
3932@menu
3933* Arguments:: Arguments
3934* Operators:: Operators
3935* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3936* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3937@end menu
3938
3939@node Arguments
3940@subsection Arguments
3941
3942@cindex expression arguments
3943@cindex arguments in expressions
3944@cindex operands in expressions
3945@cindex arithmetic operands
3946@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3947contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3948this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3949the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3950expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3951instruction operands.
3952
3953Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3954@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3955or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3956integer.
3957
3958Numbers are usually integers.
3959
3960A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3961that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3962these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3963instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3964assemblers.
3965
3966@cindex subexpressions
3967Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3968expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3969operator followed by an argument.
3970
3971@node Operators
3972@subsection Operators
3973
3974@cindex operators, in expressions
3975@cindex arithmetic functions
3976@cindex functions, in expressions
3977@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3978operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3979between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3980whitespace.
3981
3982@node Prefix Ops
3983@subsection Prefix Operator
3984
3985@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3986@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3987one argument, which must be absolute.
3988
3989@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3990@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3991@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3992@tex
3993\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3994@end tex
3995
3996@table @code
3997@item -
3998@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3999@item ~
4000@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4001@end table
4002
4003@tex
4004\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4005@end tex
4006
4007@node Infix Ops
4008@subsection Infix Operators
4009
4010@cindex infix operators
4011@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4012@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4013have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4014to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4015absolute, and the result is absolute.
4016
4017@enumerate
4018@cindex operator precedence
4019@cindex precedence of operators
4020
4021@item
4022Highest Precedence
4023
4024@table @code
4025@item *
4026@dfn{Multiplication}.
4027
4028@item /
4029@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4030
4031@item %
4032@dfn{Remainder}.
4033
d1eac9d9 4034@item <<
252b5132
RH
4035@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4036
d1eac9d9 4037@item >>
252b5132
RH
4038@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4039@end table
4040
4041@item
4042Intermediate precedence
4043
4044@table @code
4045@item |
4046
4047@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4048
4049@item &
4050@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4051
4052@item ^
4053@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4054
4055@item !
4056@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4057@end table
4058
4059@item
b131d4dc 4060Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4061
4062@table @code
4063@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4064@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4065@cindex arguments for addition
4066@item +
4067@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4068the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4069sections.
4070
4071@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4072@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4073@cindex arguments for subtraction
4074@item -
4075@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4076result has the section of the left argument.
4077If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4078You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4079@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4080
4081@cindex comparison expressions
4082@cindex expressions, comparison
4083@item ==
4084@dfn{Is Equal To}
4085@item <>
723a8472 4086@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4087@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4088@item <
4089@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4090@item >
b131d4dc 4091@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4092@item >=
b131d4dc 4093@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4094@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4095@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4096
4097The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4098value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4099perform signed comparisons.
4100@end table
4101
4102@item Lowest Precedence
4103
4104@table @code
4105@item &&
4106@dfn{Logical And}.
4107
4108@item ||
4109@dfn{Logical Or}.
4110
4111These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4112expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4113value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4114or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4115
252b5132
RH
4116@end table
4117@end enumerate
4118
4119In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4120address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4121
4122@node Pseudo Ops
4123@chapter Assembler Directives
4124
4125@cindex directives, machine independent
4126@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4127@cindex machine independent directives
4128All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4129The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4130
4131This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4132target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4133@ifset GENERIC
4134Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4135@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4136@end ifset
4137@ifclear GENERIC
4138@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4139@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4140@end ifset
4141@end ifclear
4142
4143@menu
4144* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4145@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4146* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4147@end ifset
f0dc282c 4148
252b5132 4149* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4150* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4151* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4152* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4153* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4154* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4155* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4156* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4157* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4158* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4159@ifset COFF
4160* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4161@end ifset
4162@ifset aout-bout
4163* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4164@end ifset
4165@ifset COFF
4166* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4167@end ifset
f0dc282c 4168
252b5132
RH
4169* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4170* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4171* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4172* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4173* End:: @code{.end}
4174@ifset COFF
4175* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4176@end ifset
f0dc282c 4177
252b5132
RH
4178* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4179* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4180* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4181* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4182* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4183* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4184* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4185* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4186* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4187* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4188* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4189* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4190* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4191* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4192* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4193@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4194* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4195* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4196@end ifset
f0dc282c 4197
252b5132
RH
4198* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4199* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4200* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4201* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4202* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4203* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4204@ifset ELF
4205* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4206@end ifset
f0dc282c 4207
252b5132
RH
4208* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4209* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4210* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4211* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4212@ifclear no-line-dir
4213* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4214@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4215
252b5132
RH
4216* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4217* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4218* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4219* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4220* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4221@ifset ELF
4222* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4223@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4224
252b5132
RH
4225* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4226@ignore
4227* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4228@end ignore
f0dc282c 4229
252b5132
RH
4230* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4231* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4232* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4233* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4234* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4235* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4236* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4237* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4238@ifset ELF
4239* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4240* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4241@end ifset
f0dc282c 4242
252b5132 4243* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4244@ifset ELF
4245* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4246@end ifset
f0dc282c 4247
252b5132
RH
4248* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4249* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4250@ifset ELF
4251* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4252@end ifset
f0dc282c 4253
252b5132 4254* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4255* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4256* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4257* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4258@ifset COFF
4259* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4260@end ifset
4261@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4262* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4263@end ifset
f0dc282c 4264
252b5132
RH
4265* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4266* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4267* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4268@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4269* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4270@end ifset
884f0d36 4271@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4272* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4273@end ifclear
4274
252b5132 4275* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4276@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4277* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4278@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4279@ifset have-stabs
4280* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4281@end ifset
f0dc282c 4282
38a57ae7 4283* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4284* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4285@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4286* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4287* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4288@end ifset
f0dc282c 4289
252b5132
RH
4290@ifset COFF
4291* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4292@end ifset
f0dc282c 4293
252b5132
RH
4294* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4295* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4296@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4297* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4298@end ifset
4299
c91d2e08 4300* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4301@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4302* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4303@end ifset
f0dc282c 4304
2e13b764 4305@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4306* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4307* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4308* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4309@end ifset
f0dc282c 4310
d190d046 4311* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4312* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4313* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4314* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4315* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4316@end menu
4317
4318@node Abort
4319@section @code{.abort}
4320
4321@cindex @code{abort} directive
4322@cindex stopping the assembly
4323This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4324compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4325assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4326of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4327quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4328
4329@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4330@node ABORT (COFF)
4331@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4332
4333@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4334When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4335synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4336
4337@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4338When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4339but ignores it.
4340@end ifset
4341@end ifset
4342
4343@node Align
4344@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4345
4346@cindex padding the location counter
4347@cindex @code{align} directive
4348Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4349boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4350required, as described below.
4351
4352The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4353padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4354padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4355marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4356with no-op instructions.
4357
4358The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4359it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4360directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4361specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4362fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4363required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4364with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4365
4366The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4367For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4368s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4369alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4370the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4371is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4372first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4373
9e9a9798 4374For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4375strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4376number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4377advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4378counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4379multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4380
4381This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4382native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4383GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4384described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4385architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4386
ccf8a69b
BW
4387@node Altmacro
4388@section @code{.altmacro}
4389Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4390
4391@ftable @code
4392@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4393One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4394generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4395replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4396replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4397separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4398define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4399
4400@item String delimiters
4401You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4402@code{"@var{string}"}:
4403
4404@table @code
4405@item '@var{string}'
4406You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4407
4408@item <@var{string}>
4409You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4410@end table
4411
4412@item single-character string escape
4413To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4414character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4415character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4416write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4417
4418@item Expression results as strings
4419You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4420and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4421@end ftable
4422
252b5132
RH
4423@node Ascii
4424@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4425
4426@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4427@cindex string literals
4428@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4429separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4430trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4431
4432@node Asciz
4433@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4434
4435@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4436@cindex zero-terminated strings
4437@cindex null-terminated strings
4438@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4439a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4440
4441@node Balign
4442@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4443
4444@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4445@cindex @code{balign} directive
4446Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4447storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4448alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4449the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4450is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4451
4452The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4453padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4454padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4455marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4456with no-op instructions.
4457
4458The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4459it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4460directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4461specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4462fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4463required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4464with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4465
4466@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4467@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4468The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4469@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4470pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4471fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44724,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4473filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4474the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4475undefined.
4476
fa94de6b
RM
4477@node Bundle directives
4478@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4479@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4480@cindex bundle
4481@cindex instruction bundle
4482@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4483@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4484bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4485into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4486disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4487gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4488@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4489
4490For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4491certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4492instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4493@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4494chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4495effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4496instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4497that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4498end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4499starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4500instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4501
4502@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4503@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4504@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4505The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4506allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4507are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4508aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4509@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4510directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4511
4512@cindex bundle-locked
4513For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4514appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4515instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4516and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4517instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4518sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4519@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4520entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4521boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4522first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4523aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4524bundle size.
4525
d416e51d
RM
4526For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4527inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4528nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4529@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4530matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4531same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4532
252b5132
RH
4533@node Byte
4534@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4535
4536@cindex @code{byte} directive
4537@cindex integers, one byte
4538@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4539Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4540
54cfded0 4541@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4542@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4543@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4544@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4545should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4546If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4547if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4548To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4549directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4550
4b7d318b 4551@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4552@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4553@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4554should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4555data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4556@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4557
01642c12 4558Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4559it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4560
54cfded0
AM
4561@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4562@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4563@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4564unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4565@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4566
9b8ae42e
JJ
4567@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4568@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4569@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4570should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4571argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4572a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4573the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4574can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4575The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4576no personality routine.
4577
4578@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4579@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4580@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4581should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4582argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4583or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4584no LSDA.
4585
54cfded0 4586@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4587@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4588address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4589
4590@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4591@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4592now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4593remains the same.
4594
4595@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4596@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4597remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4598absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4599CFA address.
4600
4601@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4602Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4603value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4604
4605@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4606Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4607CFA.
54cfded0 4608
17076204
RH
4609@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4610Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4611the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4612using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4613This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4614code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4615
4b7d318b
L
4616@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4617Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4618
4619@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4620@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4621same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4622instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4623
4624@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4625From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4626
4627@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4628Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4629i.e. no restoration needed.
4630
01642c12
RM
4631@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4632First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4633then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4634everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4635the previous saved state.
4636
4637@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4638Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4639directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4640
63752a75
JJ
4641@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4642Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4643
6749011b 4644@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4645SPARC register window has been saved.
4646
cdfbf930
RH
4647@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4648Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4649might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4650opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4651
f1c4cc75
RH
4652@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4653The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4654will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4655description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4656
4657The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4658limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4659mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4660by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4661or another register.
4662
ccf8a69b
BW
4663@node Comm
4664@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4665
ccf8a69b
BW
4666@cindex @code{comm} directive
4667@cindex symbol, common
4668@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4669common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4670of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4671definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4672allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4673absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4674the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4675using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4676
c1711530
DK
4677@ifset COFF-ELF
4678When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4679an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4680specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4681that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4682as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4683boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4684power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4685common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4686alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4687largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4688maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4689is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4690@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4691multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4692It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4693(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4694@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4695
ccf8a69b
BW
4696@ifset HPPA
4697The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4698@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4699@end ifset
07a53e5c 4700
252b5132
RH
4701@node Data
4702@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4703
4704@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4705@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4706end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4707absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4708to zero.
4709
4710@ifset COFF
4711@node Def
4712@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4713
4714@cindex @code{def} directive
4715@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4716@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4717Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4718definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4719@ifset BOUT
4720
a4fb0134 4721This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4722format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4723but ignored.
4724@end ifset
4725@end ifset
4726
4727@ifset aout-bout
4728@node Desc
4729@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4730
4731@cindex @code{desc} directive
4732@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4733@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4734This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4735to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4736
4737@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4738The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4739configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4740object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4741it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4742@end ifset
4743@end ifset
4744
4745@ifset COFF
4746@node Dim
4747@section @code{.dim}
4748
4749@cindex @code{dim} directive
4750@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4751@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4752This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4753information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4754@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4755@ifset BOUT
4756
4757@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4758@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4759ignores it.
4760@end ifset
4761@end ifset
4762
4763@node Double
4764@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4765
4766@cindex @code{double} directive
4767@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4768@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4769assembles floating point numbers.
4770@ifset GENERIC
4771The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4772@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4773@end ifset
4774@ifclear GENERIC
4775@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4776On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4777in @sc{ieee} format.
4778@end ifset
4779@end ifclear
4780
4781@node Eject
4782@section @code{.eject}
4783
4784@cindex @code{eject} directive
4785@cindex new page, in listings
4786@cindex page, in listings
4787@cindex listing control: new page
4788Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4789
4790@node Else
4791@section @code{.else}
4792
4793@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4794@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4795assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4796of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4797was false.
4798
3fd9f047
TW
4799@node Elseif
4800@section @code{.elseif}
4801
4802@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4803@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4804assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4805@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4806
252b5132
RH
4807@node End
4808@section @code{.end}
4809
4810@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4811@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4812process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4813
4814@ifset COFF
4815@node Endef
4816@section @code{.endef}
4817
4818@cindex @code{endef} directive
4819This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4820@code{.def}.
4821@ifset BOUT
4822
4823@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4824@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4825directive but ignores it.
4826@end ifset
4827@end ifset
4828
4829@node Endfunc
4830@section @code{.endfunc}
4831@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4832@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4833
4834@node Endif
4835@section @code{.endif}
4836
4837@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4838@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4839it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4840conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4841
4842@node Equ
4843@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4844
4845@cindex @code{equ} directive
4846@cindex assigning values to symbols
4847@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4848This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4849It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4850
4851@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4852The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4853@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4854@end ifset
4855
3c9b82ba 4856@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4857The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4858@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4859On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4860but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4861Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4862@end ifset
4863
252b5132
RH
4864@node Equiv
4865@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4866@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4867The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4868the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4869symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4870undefined.
252b5132 4871
01642c12 4872Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4873@smallexample
4874.ifdef SYM
4875.err
4876.endif
4877.equ SYM,VAL
4878@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4879plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4880
4881@node Eqv
4882@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4883@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4884The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4885evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4886the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4887value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4888
4889@node Err
4890@section @code{.err}
4891@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4892If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4893message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4894object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4895
d190d046
HPN
4896@node Error
4897@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4898@cindex error directive
4899
4900Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4901string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4902message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4903@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4904
4905@smallexample
4906 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4907@end smallexample
4908
252b5132
RH
4909@node Exitm
4910@section @code{.exitm}
4911Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4912
4913@node Extern
4914@section @code{.extern}
4915
4916@cindex @code{extern} directive
4917@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4918with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4919all undefined symbols as external.
4920
4921@node Fail
4922@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4923
4924@cindex @code{fail} directive
4925Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4926or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4927than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4928include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4929complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4930
252b5132 4931@node File
14082c76 4932@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4933@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4934
4935@ifclear no-file-dir
4936There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4937that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4938@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4939
4940@subheading Default Version
4941
252b5132
RH
4942@cindex logical file name
4943@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4944This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4945are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4946
4947@smallexample
4948.file @var{string}
4949@end smallexample
4950
4951@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4952recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4953to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4954statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4955old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4956
4957@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4958@end ifclear
4959
14082c76
BW
4960When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4961to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4962
4963@smallexample
4964.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4965@end smallexample
4966
4967The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4968index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4969literal.
4970
4971The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4972table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4973information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4974entries will have.
4975
252b5132
RH
4976@node Fill
4977@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4978
4979@cindex @code{fill} directive
4980@cindex writing patterns in memory
4981@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4982@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4983This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4984may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4985more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4986other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4987is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4988zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4989byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4990Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4991@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4992compatible with other people's assemblers.
4993
4994@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4995If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4996assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4997@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4998
4999@node Float
5000@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5001
5002@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5003@cindex @code{float} directive
5004This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5005has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5006@ifset GENERIC
5007The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5008@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5009@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5010@end ifset
5011@ifclear GENERIC
5012@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5013On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5014in @sc{ieee} format.
5015@end ifset
5016@end ifclear
5017
5018@node Func
5019@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5020@cindex @code{func} directive
5021@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5022is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5023Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5024@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5025prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5026@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5027All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5028The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5029
5030@node Global
5031@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5032
5033@cindex @code{global} directive
5034@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5035@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5036@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5037other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5038@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5039from another file linked into the same program.
5040
5041Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5042compatibility with other assemblers.
5043
5044@ifset HPPA
5045On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5046partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5047@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5048@end ifset
5049
c91d2e08 5050@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5051@node Gnu_attribute
5052@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5053Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5054
c91d2e08
NC
5055@node Hidden
5056@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5057
c1253627
NC
5058@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5059@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5060This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5061@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5062@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5063
5064This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5065their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5066@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5067Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5068@end ifset
5069
252b5132
RH
5070@node hword
5071@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5072
5073@cindex @code{hword} directive
5074@cindex integers, 16-bit
5075@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5076@cindex sixteen bit integers
5077This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5078a 16 bit number for each.
5079
5080@ifset GENERIC
5081This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5082architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5083@end ifset
5084@ifclear GENERIC
5085@ifset W32
5086This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5087@end ifset
5088@ifset W16
5089This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5090@end ifset
5091@end ifclear
5092
5093@node Ident
5094@section @code{.ident}
5095
5096@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5097
5098This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5099behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5100a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5101source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5102for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5103@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5104emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5105
5106@node If
5107@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5108
5109@cindex conditional assembly
5110@cindex @code{if} directive
5111@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5112considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5113(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5114the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5115(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5116alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5117If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5118nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5119
5120The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5121@table @code
5122@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5123@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5124Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5125has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5126is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5127
26aca5f6
JB
5128@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5129@item .ifb @var{text}
5130Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5131
252b5132
RH
5132@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5133@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5134Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5135strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5136the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5137end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5138string comparison is case sensitive.
5139
5140@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5141@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5142Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5143
5144@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5145@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5146Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5147
5148@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5149@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5150Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5151equal to zero.
5152
5153@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5154@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5155Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5156
5157@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5158@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5159Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5160to zero.
5161
5162@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5163@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5164Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5165
26aca5f6
JB
5166@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5167@item .ifnb @var{text}
5168Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5169following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5170
252b5132
RH
5171@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5172@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5173Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5174following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5175
5176@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5177@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5178@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5179@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5180Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5181has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5182which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5183
5184@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5185@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5186Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5187(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5188
5189@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5190@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5191Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5192following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5193@end table
5194
7e005732
NC
5195@node Incbin
5196@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5197
5198@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5199@cindex binary files, including
5200The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5201location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5202option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5203around @var{file}.
5204
5205The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5206@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5207read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5208responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5209after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5210
252b5132
RH
5211@node Include
5212@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5213
5214@cindex @code{include} directive
5215@cindex supporting files, including
5216@cindex files, including
5217This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5218points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5219if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5220included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5221can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5222(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5223around @var{file}.
5224
5225@node Int
5226@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5227
5228@cindex @code{int} directive
5229@cindex integers, 32-bit
5230Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5231For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5232expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5233of target the assembly is for.
5234
5235@ifclear GENERIC
5236@ifset H8
7be1c489 5237On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5238integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
523932-bit integers.
5240@end ifset
5241@end ifclear
5242
c91d2e08
NC
5243@ifset ELF
5244@node Internal
5245@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5246
c1253627
NC
5247@cindex @code{internal} directive
5248@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5249This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5250@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5251@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5252
5253This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5254their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5255@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5256(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5257processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5258@end ifset
5259
252b5132
RH
5260@node Irp
5261@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5262
5263@cindex @code{irp} directive
5264Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5265The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5266terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5267set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5268@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5269@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5270sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5271
5272For example, assembling
5273
5274@example
5275 .irp param,1,2,3
5276 move d\param,sp@@-
5277 .endr
5278@end example
5279
5280is equivalent to assembling
5281
5282@example
5283 move d1,sp@@-
5284 move d2,sp@@-
5285 move d3,sp@@-
5286@end example
5287
96e9638b 5288For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5289
252b5132
RH
5290@node Irpc
5291@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5292
5293@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5294Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5295The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5296terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5297@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5298assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5299assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5300@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5301
5302For example, assembling
5303
5304@example
5305 .irpc param,123
5306 move d\param,sp@@-
5307 .endr
5308@end example
5309
5310is equivalent to assembling
5311
5312@example
5313 move d1,sp@@-
5314 move d2,sp@@-
5315 move d3,sp@@-
5316@end example
5317
5e75c3ab
JB
5318For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5319at @xref{Macro}.
5320
252b5132
RH
5321@node Lcomm
5322@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5323
5324@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5325@cindex local common symbols
5326@cindex symbols, local common
5327Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5328denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5329those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5330section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5331is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5332not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5333
5334@ifset GENERIC
5335Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5336argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5337@end ifset
5338
5339@ifset HPPA
5340The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5341@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5342@end ifset
5343
5344@node Lflags
5345@section @code{.lflags}
5346
5347@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5348@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5349assemblers, but ignores it.
5350
5351@ifclear no-line-dir
5352@node Line
5353@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5354
5355@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5356@cindex logical line number
5357@ifset aout-bout
5358Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5359expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5360statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5361reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5362@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5363for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5364@end ifset
5365
252b5132 5366Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5367@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5368when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5369were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5370@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5371
5372Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5373used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5374debugging.
5375@end ifclear
5376
5377@node Linkonce
5378@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5379@cindex COMDAT
5380@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5381@cindex common sections
5382Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5383This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5384but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5385The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5386Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5387unique.
5388
5389This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5390writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5391Executable format used on Windows NT.
5392
5393The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5394following strings. For example:
5395@smallexample
5396.linkonce same_size
5397@end smallexample
5398Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5399
5400@table @code
5401@item discard
5402Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5403
5404@item one_only
5405Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5406
5407@item same_size
5408Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5409
5410@item same_contents
5411Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5412@end table
5413
ccf8a69b
BW
5414@node List
5415@section @code{.list}
5416
5417@cindex @code{list} directive
5418@cindex listing control, turning on
5419Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5420not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5421internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5422counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5423generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5424
5425By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5426@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5427the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5428
252b5132
RH
5429@node Ln
5430@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5431
5432@cindex @code{ln} directive
5433@ifclear no-line-dir
5434@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5435@end ifclear
5436@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5437Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5438must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5439line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5440statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5441line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5442@ifset BOUT
5443
a4fb0134 5444This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5445configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5446output format.
5447@end ifset
5448@end ifset
5449
ccf8a69b
BW
5450@node Loc
5451@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5452@cindex @code{loc} directive
5453When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5454the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5455number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5456instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5457arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5458the row is added.
252b5132 5459
ccf8a69b
BW
5460The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5461
5462@table @code
5463@item basic_block
5464This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5465@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5466
5467@item prologue_end
5468This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5469@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5470
5471@item epilogue_begin
5472This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5473@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5474
5475@item is_stmt @var{value}
5476This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5477@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5478either 0 or 1.
5479
5480@item isa @var{value}
5481This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5482state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5483
92846e72
CC
5484@item discriminator @var{value}
5485This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5486state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5487
ccf8a69b
BW
5488@end table
5489
5490@node Loc_mark_labels
5491@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5492@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5493When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5494the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5495to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5496register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5497The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5498this function respectively.
252b5132 5499
4d4175af
BW
5500@ifset ELF
5501@node Local
5502@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5503
5504@cindex @code{local} directive
5505This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5506the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5507will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5508they will be created.
5509
5510For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5511accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5512the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5513(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5514@end ifset
5515
252b5132
RH
5516@node Long
5517@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5518
5519@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5520@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5521
5522@ignore
5523@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5524@c what it really ought to do
5525@node Lsym
5526@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5527
5528@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5529@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5530@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5531the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5532rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5533the same as the expression value:
5534@smallexample
5535@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5536@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5537@var{value} = @var{expression}
5538@end smallexample
5539@noindent
5540The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5541@end ignore
5542
5543@node Macro
5544@section @code{.macro}
5545
5546@cindex macros
5547The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5548generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5549@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5550
5551@example
5552 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5553 .long \from
5554 .if \to-\from
5555 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5556 .endif
5557 .endm
5558@end example
5559
5560@noindent
5561With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5562
5563@example
5564 .long 0
5565 .long 1
5566 .long 2
5567 .long 3
5568 .long 4
5569 .long 5
5570@end example
5571
5572@ftable @code
5573@item .macro @var{macname}
5574@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5575@cindex @code{macro} directive
5576Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5577definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5578separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5579indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5580@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5581(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5582macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5583cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5584subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5585definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5586
5587@table @code
5588@item .macro comm
5589Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5590arguments.
5591
6258339f 5592@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5593@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5594Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5595which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5596@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5597
5598@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5599Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5600arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5601After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5602@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5603@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5604,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5605@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5606
6eaeac8a
JB
5607@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5608Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5609arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5610not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5611will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5612
252b5132
RH
5613When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5614position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5615@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5616
6258339f
NC
5617@end table
5618
5e75c3ab
JB
5619Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5620as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5621occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5622characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5623(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5624architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5625character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5626replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5627construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5628identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5629this macro definition:
5630
5631@example
5632 .macro label l
5633\l:
5634 .endm
5635@end example
5636
5637might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5638called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5639assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5640identifier.
5641
5642Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5643which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5644for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5645length specifier like this:
5646
5647@example
5648 .macro opcode base length
5649 \base.\length
5650 .endm
5651@end example
5652
5653and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5654instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5655interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5656
5657There are several possible ways around this problem:
5658
5659@table @code
5660@item Insert white space
5661If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5662solution. eg:
5663
5664@example
5665 .macro label l
5666\l :
5667 .endm
5668@end example
5669
5670@item Use @samp{\()}
5671The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5672the following text. eg:
5673
5674@example
5675 .macro opcode base length
5676 \base\().\length
5677 .endm
5678@end example
5679
5680@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5681In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5682used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5683
5684@example
5685 .altmacro
5686 .macro label l
5687l&:
5688 .endm
5689@end example
6258339f 5690@end table
5e75c3ab 5691
96e9638b 5692Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5693also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5694and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5695
252b5132
RH
5696@item .endm
5697@cindex @code{endm} directive
5698Mark the end of a macro definition.
5699
5700@item .exitm
5701@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5702Exit early from the current macro definition.
5703
5704@cindex number of macros executed
5705@cindex macros, count executed
5706@item \@@
a4fb0134 5707@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5708executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5709output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5710
252b5132
RH
5711@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5712@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5713macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5714@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5715@end ftable
252b5132 5716
ccf8a69b
BW
5717@node MRI
5718@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5719
ccf8a69b
BW
5720@cindex @code{mri} directive
5721@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5722If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5723@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5724affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5725of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5726
caa32fe5
NC
5727@node Noaltmacro
5728@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5729Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5730
252b5132
RH
5731@node Nolist
5732@section @code{.nolist}
5733
5734@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5735@cindex listing control, turning off
5736Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5737not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5738internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5739counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5740generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5741
5742@node Octa
5743@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5744
5745@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5746@cindex @code{octa} directive
5747@cindex integer, 16-byte
5748@cindex sixteen byte integer
5749This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5750bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5751
5752The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5753hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5754
9aec2026
NC
5755@node Offset
5756@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5757
5758@cindex @code{offset} directive
5759Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5760be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5761symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5762directive.
9aec2026 5763
252b5132
RH
5764@node Org
5765@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5766
5767@cindex @code{org} directive
5768@cindex location counter, advancing
5769@cindex advancing location counter
5770@cindex current address, advancing
5771Advance the location counter of the current section to
5772@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5773expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5774you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5775wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5776with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5777@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5778is the same as the current subsection.
5779
5780@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5781unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5782backwards.
5783
5784@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5785@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5786@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5787Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5788may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5789a chance to share your improved assembler.
5790
5791Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5792to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5793people's assemblers.
5794
5795When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5796intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5797absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5798@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5799
5800@node P2align
5801@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5802
5803@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5804@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5805Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5806storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5807number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5808advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5809counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5810multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5811
5812The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5813padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5814padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5815marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5816with no-op instructions.
5817
5818The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5819it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5820directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5821specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5822fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5823required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5824with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5825
5826@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5827@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5828The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5829@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5830pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5831fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58322,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5833filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5834the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5835undefined.
5836
ccf8a69b
BW
5837@ifset ELF
5838@node PopSection
5839@section @code{.popsection}
5840
5841@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5842@cindex Section Stack
5843This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5844@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5845@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5846(@pxref{Previous}).
5847
5848This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5849section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5850stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5851@end ifset
5852
c91d2e08
NC
5853@ifset ELF
5854@node Previous
5855@section @code{.previous}
5856
c1253627 5857@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5858@cindex Section Stack
5859This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5860@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5861@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5862(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5863
5864This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5865referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5866@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5867subsections). For example:
5868
5869@smallexample
5870.section A
5871 .subsection 1
5872 .word 0x1234
5873 .subsection 2
5874 .word 0x5678
5875.previous
5876 .word 0x9abc
5877@end smallexample
5878
5879Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5880section A. Whilst:
5881
5882@smallexample
5883.section A
5884.subsection 1
5885 # Now in section A subsection 1
5886 .word 0x1234
5887.section B
5888.subsection 0
5889 # Now in section B subsection 0
5890 .word 0x5678
5891.subsection 1
5892 # Now in section B subsection 1
5893 .word 0x9abc
5894.previous
5895 # Now in section B subsection 0
5896 .word 0xdef0
5897@end smallexample
5898
5899Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5900section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5901
5902In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5903the top section on the section stack.
5904@end ifset
5905
252b5132
RH
5906@node Print
5907@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5908
5909@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5910@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5911assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5912
c91d2e08
NC
5913@ifset ELF
5914@node Protected
5915@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5916
c1253627
NC
5917@cindex @code{protected} directive
5918@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5919This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5920@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5921
5922This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5923their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5924@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5925components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5926component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5927this.
c91d2e08
NC
5928@end ifset
5929
252b5132
RH
5930@node Psize
5931@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5932
5933@cindex @code{psize} directive
5934@cindex listing control: paper size
5935@cindex paper size, for listings
5936Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5937number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5938
5939If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5940of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5941default width is 200 columns.
5942
a4fb0134 5943@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5944lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5945@code{.eject}).
5946
5947If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5948those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5949
5950@node Purgem
5951@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5952
5953@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5954Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5955expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5956
c91d2e08
NC
5957@ifset ELF
5958@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5959@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5960
c1253627 5961@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5962@cindex Section Stack
5963This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5964@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5965@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5966(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5967
e9863d7f
DJ
5968This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5969top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5970subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5971@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5972as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5973@end ifset
5974
252b5132
RH
5975@node Quad
5976@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5977
5978@cindex @code{quad} directive
5979@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5980each bignum, it emits
5981@ifclear bignum-16
5982an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5983warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5984@cindex eight-byte integer
5985@cindex integer, 8-byte
5986
5987The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5988hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5989@end ifclear
5990@ifset bignum-16
5991a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5992warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5993@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5994@cindex integer, 16-byte
5995@end ifset
5996
05e9452c
AM
5997@node Reloc
5998@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5999
6000@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6001Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6002@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6003the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6004symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6005@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6006absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6007targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6008relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6009section.
6010
252b5132
RH
6011@node Rept
6012@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6013
6014@cindex @code{rept} directive
6015Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6016@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6017
6018For example, assembling
6019
6020@example
6021 .rept 3
6022 .long 0
6023 .endr
6024@end example
6025
6026is equivalent to assembling
6027
6028@example
6029 .long 0
6030 .long 0
6031 .long 0
6032@end example
6033
6034@node Sbttl
6035@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6036
6037@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6038@cindex subtitles for listings
6039@cindex listing control: subtitle
6040Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6041title line) when generating assembly listings.
6042
6043This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6044it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6045
6046@ifset COFF
6047@node Scl
6048@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6049
6050@cindex @code{scl} directive
6051@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6052@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6053Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6054used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6055whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6056symbolic debugging information.
6057@ifset BOUT
6058
6059The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6060configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6061accepts this directive but ignores it.
6062@end ifset
6063@end ifset
6064
c1253627 6065@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6066@node Section
c1253627 6067@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6068
252b5132
RH
6069@cindex named section
6070Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6071named @var{name}.
6072
6073This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6074named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6075with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6076
c1253627
NC
6077@ifset COFF
6078@ifset ELF
6079@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6080@subheading COFF Version
6081@end ifset
6082
6083@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6084For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6085ways:
c91d2e08 6086
252b5132
RH
6087@smallexample
6088.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6089.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6090@end smallexample
6091
6092If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6093section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6094@table @code
6095@item b
6096bss section (uninitialized data)
6097@item n
6098section is not loaded
6099@item w
6100writable section
6101@item d
6102data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6103@item e
6104exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6105@item r
6106read-only section
6107@item x
6108executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6109@item s
6110shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6111@item a
6112ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6113@item y
6114section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6115@item 0-9
6116single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6117@end table
6118
6119If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6120the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6121loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6122from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6123will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6124
6125If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6126taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6128
6129@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6130@ifset COFF
6131@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6132@subheading ELF Version
6133@end ifset
6134
c91d2e08
NC
6135@cindex Section Stack
6136This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6137@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6138(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6139@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6140
c1253627 6141@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6142For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6143
252b5132 6144@smallexample
7047dd1e 6145.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6146@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6147
252b5132 6148The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6149combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6150@table @code
6151@item a
6152section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6153@item e
6154section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6155@item w
6156section is writable
6157@item x
6158section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6159@item M
6160section is mergeable
6161@item S
6162section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6163@item G
6164section is a member of a section group
6165@item T
6166section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6167@item ?
6168section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6169@end table
6170
6171The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6172@table @code
6173@item @@progbits
6174section contains data
6175@item @@nobits
6176section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6177@item @@note
6178section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6179@item @@init_array
6180section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6181@item @@fini_array
6182section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6183@item @@preinit_array
6184section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6185@end table
6186
10b016c2
PB
6187Many targets only support the first three section types.
6188
ececec60
NC
6189Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6190ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6191@code{%} character.
6192
22fe14ad 6193If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6194be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6195
6196@smallexample
6197.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6198@end smallexample
6199
6200Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6201constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6202@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6203@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6204the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6205absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6206which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6207@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6208@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6209
6210If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6211be present along with an additional field like this:
6212
6213@smallexample
6214.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6215@end smallexample
6216
6217The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6218particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6219@table @code
6220@item comdat
6221indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6222@item .gnu.linkonce
6223an alias for comdat
6224@end table
6225
96e9638b 6226Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6227the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6228
6229@smallexample
6230.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6231@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6232
01642c12
RM
6233If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6234@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6235present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6236this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6237@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6238If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6239
252b5132
RH
6240If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6241the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6242none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6243executable. The section will contain data.
6244
6245For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6246directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6247
252b5132
RH
6248@smallexample
6249.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6250@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6251
252b5132
RH
6252Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6253separated flags:
6254@table @code
6255@item #alloc
6256section is allocatable
6257@item #write
6258section is writable
6259@item #execinstr
6260section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6261@item #exclude
6262section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6263@item #tls
6264section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6265@end table
c91d2e08 6266
e9863d7f
DJ
6267This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6268contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6269some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6270work.
c1253627
NC
6271@end ifset
6272@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6273
6274@node Set
6275@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6276
6277@cindex @code{set} directive
6278@cindex symbol value, setting
6279Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6280changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6281@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6282flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6283
6284You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6285
6286If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6287file is the last value stored into it.
6288
3c9b82ba
NC
6289@ifset Z80
6290On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6291@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6292@end ifset
6293
252b5132
RH
6294@node Short
6295@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6296
6297@cindex @code{short} directive
6298@ifset GENERIC
6299@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6300@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6301
6302In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6303numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6304@end ifset
6305@ifclear GENERIC
6306@ifset W16
6307@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6308@end ifset
6309@ifset W32
6310This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6311a 16 bit number for each.
6312@end ifset
6313@end ifclear
6314
6315@node Single
6316@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6317
6318@cindex @code{single} directive
6319@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6320This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6321has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6322@ifset GENERIC
6323The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6324@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6325@end ifset
6326@ifclear GENERIC
6327@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6328On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6329numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6330@end ifset
6331@end ifclear
6332
c1253627 6333@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6334@node Size
c1253627 6335@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6336
c1253627
NC
6337This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6338
6339@ifset COFF
6340@ifset ELF
6341@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6342@subheading COFF Version
6343@end ifset
6344
6345@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6346For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6347@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6348
6349@smallexample
6350.size @var{expression}
6351@end smallexample
252b5132 6352
c91d2e08 6353@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6354@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6355@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6356ignores it.
6357@end ifset
c1253627 6358@end ifset
c91d2e08 6359
c1253627
NC
6360@ifset ELF
6361@ifset COFF
6362@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6363@subheading ELF Version
6364@end ifset
6365
6366@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6367For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6368
c1253627
NC
6369@smallexample
6370.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6371@end smallexample
6372
6373This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6374The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6375arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6376symbols.
c1253627
NC
6377@end ifset
6378@end ifset
252b5132 6379
252b5132
RH
6380@ifclear no-space-dir
6381@node Skip
6382@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6383
6384@cindex @code{skip} directive
6385@cindex filling memory
6386This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6387@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6388@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6389@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6390@end ifclear
252b5132 6391
ccf8a69b
BW
6392@node Sleb128
6393@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6394
6395@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6396@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6397compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6398symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6399
884f0d36 6400@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6401@node Space
6402@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6403
6404@cindex @code{space} directive
6405@cindex filling memory
6406This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6407@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6408and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6409as @samp{.skip}.
6410
6411@ifset HPPA
6412@quotation
6413@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6414targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6415Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6416@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6417for a summary.
6418@end quotation
6419@end ifset
6420@end ifclear
6421
252b5132
RH
6422@ifset have-stabs
6423@node Stab
6424@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6425
6426@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6427@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6428There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6429All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6430The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6431cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6432Up to five fields are required:
6433
6434@table @var
6435@item string
6436This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6437@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6438debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6439using this field.
6440
6441@item type
6442An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6443this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6444and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6445
6446@item other
6447An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6448low 8 bits of this expression.
6449
6450@item desc
6451An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6452bits of this expression.
6453
6454@item value
6455An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6456@end table
6457
6458If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6459or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6460you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6461compatible with earlier assemblers!
6462
6463@table @code
6464@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6465@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6466
6467The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6468It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6469null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6470strings.
6471
6472The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6473relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6474is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6475assembled.
6476
6477@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6478@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6479The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6480
6481@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6482@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6483All five fields are specified.
6484@end table
6485@end ifset
6486@c end have-stabs
6487
6488@node String
38a57ae7 6489@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6490"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6491
6492@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6493@cindex string8, copying to object file
6494@cindex string16, copying to object file
6495@cindex string32, copying to object file
6496@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6497@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6498@cindex @code{string8} directive
6499@cindex @code{string16} directive
6500@cindex @code{string32} directive
6501@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6502
6503Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6504one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6505particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6506You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6507
01642c12 6508The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6509the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6510copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6511are stored in target endianness byte order.
6512
6513Example:
6514@smallexample
6515 .string32 "BYE"
6516expands to:
6517 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6518 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6519@end smallexample
6520
6521
252b5132
RH
6522@node Struct
6523@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6524
6525@cindex @code{struct} directive
6526Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6527which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6528@smallexample
6529 .struct 0
6530field1:
6531 .struct field1 + 4
6532field2:
6533 .struct field2 + 4
6534field3:
6535@end smallexample
6536This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6537@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6538value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6539use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6540before further assembly.
6541
c91d2e08
NC
6542@ifset ELF
6543@node SubSection
6544@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6545
c1253627 6546@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6547@cindex Section Stack
6548This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6549@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6550@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6551(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6552
6553This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6554section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6555in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6556@end ifset
6557
252b5132
RH
6558@ifset ELF
6559@node Symver
6560@section @code{.symver}
6561@cindex @code{symver} directive
6562@cindex symbol versioning
6563@cindex versions of symbols
6564Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6565within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6566typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6567There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6568into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6569shared library.
6570
79082ff0 6571For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6572@smallexample
6573.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6574@end smallexample
339681c0 6575If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6576being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6577alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6578just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6579permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6580of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6581itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6582have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6583file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6584function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6585the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6586building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6587symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6588nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6589
6590If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6591references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6592reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6593symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6594
6595Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6596@smallexample
6597.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6598@end smallexample
6599In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6600the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6601difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6602references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6603
6604The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6605@smallexample
6606.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6607@end smallexample
6608When @var{name} is not defined within the
6609file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6610@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6611name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6612@end ifset
6613
6614@ifset COFF
6615@node Tag
6616@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6617
6618@cindex COFF structure debugging
6619@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6620@cindex @code{tag} directive
6621This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6622information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6623@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6624definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6625@ifset BOUT
6626
6627@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6628@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6629ignores it.
6630@end ifset
6631@end ifset
6632
6633@node Text
6634@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6635
6636@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6637Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6638the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6639expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6640is used.
6641
6642@node Title
6643@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6644
6645@cindex @code{title} directive
6646@cindex listing control: title line
6647Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6648source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6649
6650This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6651it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6652
c1253627 6653@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6654@node Type
c1253627
NC
6655@section @code{.type}
6656
6657This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6658
6659@ifset COFF
6660@ifset ELF
6661@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6662@subheading COFF Version
6663@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6664
6665@cindex COFF symbol type
6666@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6667@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6668For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6669@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6670
6671@smallexample
6672.type @var{int}
6673@end smallexample
6674
6675This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6676entry.
252b5132 6677
c91d2e08 6678@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6679@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6680@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6681directive but ignores it.
6682@end ifset
c1253627 6683@end ifset
c91d2e08 6684
c1253627
NC
6685@ifset ELF
6686@ifset COFF
6687@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6688@subheading ELF Version
6689@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6690
6691@cindex ELF symbol type
6692@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6693@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6694For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6695
6696@smallexample
6697.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6698@end smallexample
6699
6700This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6701function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6702supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6703compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6704
6705Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6706@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6707below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6708the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6709maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6710assemblers.
6711
6712The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6713
6714@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6715 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6716 .type <name>,#<type>
6717 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6718 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6719 .type <name>,"<type>"
6720@end smallexample
6721
6722The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6723
5671778d
NC
6724@table @gcctabopt
6725@item STT_FUNC
6726@itemx function
6727Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6728
d8045f23
NC
6729@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6730@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6731Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6732processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6733
5671778d
NC
6734@item STT_OBJECT
6735@itemx object
6736Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6737
6738@item STT_TLS
6739@itemx tls_object
6740Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6741
6742@item STT_COMMON
6743@itemx common
6744Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6745
6746@item STT_NOTYPE
6747@itemx notype
6748Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6749
3e7a7d11
NC
6750@item gnu_unique_object
6751Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6752will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6753name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6754systems).
3e7a7d11 6755
5671778d
NC
6756@end table
6757
6758Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6759
c1253627
NC
6760@end ifset
6761@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6762
6763@node Uleb128
6764@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6765
6766@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6767@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6768compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6769symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6770
6771@ifset COFF
6772@node Val
6773@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6774
6775@cindex @code{val} directive
6776@cindex COFF value attribute
6777@cindex value attribute, COFF
6778This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6779records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6780entry.
6781@ifset BOUT
6782
a4fb0134 6783@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6784configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6785@end ifset
6786@end ifset
6787
2e13b764 6788@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6789@node Version
6790@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6791
c1253627 6792@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6793This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6794formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6795@end ifset
2e13b764 6796
c91d2e08
NC
6797@ifset ELF
6798@node VTableEntry
6799@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6800
653cfe85 6801@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6802This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6803@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6804
c91d2e08
NC
6805@node VTableInherit
6806@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6807
653cfe85 6808@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6809This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6810@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6811parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6812parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6813@end ifset
2e13b764 6814
d190d046
HPN
6815@node Warning
6816@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6817@cindex warning directive
6818Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6819(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6820
c91d2e08
NC
6821@node Weak
6822@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6823
c1253627 6824@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6825This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6826@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6827
01642c12 6828On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6829directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6830@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6831
977cdf5a 6832On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6833When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6834alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6835
06e77878
AO
6836@node Weakref
6837@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6838
6839@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6840This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6841be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6842If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6843will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6844symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6845
6846The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6847assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6848symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6849resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6850had the references to the alias removed.
6851
6852The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6853within the assembler.
6854
252b5132
RH
6855@node Word
6856@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6857
6858@cindex @code{word} directive
6859This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6860separated by commas.
6861@ifclear GENERIC
6862@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6863For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6864@end ifset
6865@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6866For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6867@end ifset
6868@end ifclear
6869@ifset GENERIC
6870
6871The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6872depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6873@end ifset
6874
6875@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6876@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6877@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6878@cindex difference tables altered
6879@cindex altered difference tables
6880@quotation
6881@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6882@end quotation
6883
6884@ifset GENERIC
6885Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6886addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6887interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6888@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6889
6890@end ifset
6891In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6892@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6893Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6894compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6895directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6896@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6897creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6898This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6899first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6900of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6901table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6902contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6903@code{sym2}.
6904
6905If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6906secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6907@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6908long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6909and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6910minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6911entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6912
6913@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6914@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6915@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6916assembly language programmers.
6917@end ifset
6918@end ifset
6919@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6920
6921@node Deprecated
6922@section Deprecated Directives
6923
6924@cindex deprecated directives
6925@cindex obsolescent directives
6926One day these directives won't work.
6927They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6928@table @t
6929@item .abort
6930@item .line
6931@end table
6932
3a99f02f
DJ
6933@ifset ELF
6934@node Object Attributes
6935@chapter Object Attributes
6936@cindex object attributes
6937
6938@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6939into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6940Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6941point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6942requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6943passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6944hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6945generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6946newer generation at run-time.
6947
6948This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6949@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6950time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6951correctly.
6952
6953Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6954attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6955string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6956and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6957or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6958attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6959
6960Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6961The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6962
6963@menu
6964* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6965* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6966@end menu
6967
6968@node GNU Object Attributes
6969@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6970
6971The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6972with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6973
6974Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6975its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6976an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69772} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6978architecture-dependent ones.
6979
6980@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6981
6982These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6983
6984@table @r
6985@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6986The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6987the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6988then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6989than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6990arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6991@end table
6992
6993@subsection MIPS Attributes
6994
6995@table @r
6996@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6997The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6998
6999@itemize @bullet
7000@item
70010 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7002@item
70031 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
7004FPU.
7005@item
70062 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7007@item
70083 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
7009@item
70104 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
7011double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
7012purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7013@end itemize
7014@end table
7015
7016@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7017
7018@table @r
7019@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7020The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7021
7022@itemize @bullet
7023@item
70240 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7025@item
3c7b9897 70261 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7027@item
70282 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7029@item
70303 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7031@end itemize
7032
7033@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7034The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7035
7036@itemize @bullet
7037@item
70380 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7039@item
70401 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7041@item
70422 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7043@item
70443 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7045@end itemize
7046@end table
7047
7048@node Defining New Object Attributes
7049@section Defining New Object Attributes
7050
7051If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7052will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7053mailing list.
7054
7055@itemize @bullet
7056@item
7057This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7058@item
7059The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7060@item
7061The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7062and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7063@item
7064Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7065@item
7066@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7067@item
7068GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7069@end itemize
7070
7071@end ifset
7072
252b5132
RH
7073@ifset GENERIC
7074@node Machine Dependencies
7075@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7076
7077@cindex machine dependencies
7078The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7079each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7080vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7081directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7082assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7083@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7084optimization.
7085
7086This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7087include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7088subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7089
7090@menu
a06ea964
NC
7091@ifset AARCH64
7092* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7093@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7094@ifset ALPHA
7095* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7096@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7097@ifset ARC
7098* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7099@end ifset
7100@ifset ARM
7101* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7102@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7103@ifset AVR
7104* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7105@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7106@ifset Blackfin
7107* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7108@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7109@ifset CR16
7110* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7111@end ifset
8bf549a8 7112@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7113* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7114@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7115@ifset D10V
7116* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7117@end ifset
7118@ifset D30V
7119* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7120@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7121@ifset EPIPHANY
7122* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7123@end ifset
252b5132 7124@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7125* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7126@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7127@ifset HPPA
7128* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7129@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7130@ifset I370
7131* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7132@end ifset
252b5132 7133@ifset I80386
55b62671 7134* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7135@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7136@ifset I860
7137* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7138@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7139@ifset I960
7140* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7141@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7142@ifset IA64
7143* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7144@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7145@ifset IP2K
7146* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7147@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7148@ifset LM32
7149* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7150@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7151@ifset M32C
7152* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7153@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7154@ifset M32R
7155* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7156@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7157@ifset M680X0
7158* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7159@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7160@ifset M68HC11
7161* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7162@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7163@ifset METAG
7164* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7165@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7166@ifset MICROBLAZE
7167* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7168@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7169@ifset MIPS
7170* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7171@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7172@ifset MMIX
7173* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7174@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7175@ifset MSP430
7176* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7177@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7178@ifset NDS32
7179* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7180@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7181@ifset NIOSII
7182* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7183@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7184@ifset NS32K
7185* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7186@end ifset
252b5132 7187@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7188* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7189* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7190@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7191@ifset PDP11
7192* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7193@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7194@ifset PJ
7195* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7196@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7197@ifset PPC
7198* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7199@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7200@ifset RL78
7201* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7202@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7203@ifset RX
7204* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7205@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7206@ifset S390
7207* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7208@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7209@ifset SCORE
7210* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7211@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7212@ifset SPARC
7213* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7214@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7215@ifset TIC54X
7216* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7217@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7218@ifset TIC6X
7219* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7220@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7221@ifset TILEGX
7222* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7223@end ifset
7224@ifset TILEPRO
7225* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7226@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7227@ifset V850
7228* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7229@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7230@ifset XGATE
7231* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7232@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7233@ifset XSTORMY16
7234* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7235@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7236@ifset XTENSA
7237* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7238@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7239@ifset Z80
7240* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7241@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7242@ifset Z8000
7243* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7244@end ifset
7245@ifset VAX
7246* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7247@end ifset
7248@end menu
7249
7250@lowersections
7251@end ifset
7252
7253@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7254@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7255@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7256@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7257@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7258@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7259@c in both conditional blocks.
7260
a06ea964
NC
7261@ifset AARCH64
7262@include c-aarch64.texi
7263@end ifset
7264
625e1353
RH
7265@ifset ALPHA
7266@include c-alpha.texi
7267@end ifset
7268
7269@ifset ARC
7270@include c-arc.texi
7271@end ifset
7272
252b5132
RH
7273@ifset ARM
7274@include c-arm.texi
7275@end ifset
7276
8473f7a4
DC
7277@ifset AVR
7278@include c-avr.texi
7279@end ifset
7280
3b4e1885 7281@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7282@include c-bfin.texi
7283@end ifset
7284
3d3d428f
NC
7285@ifset CR16
7286@include c-cr16.texi
7287@end ifset
7288
328eb32e
HPN
7289@ifset CRIS
7290@include c-cris.texi
7291@end ifset
7292
c2dcd04e 7293@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7294@ifclear GENERIC
7295@node Machine Dependencies
7296@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7297
c2dcd04e 7298The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7299and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7300chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7301family.
7302
7303@menu
c2dcd04e 7304* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7305* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7306@end menu
7307@lowersections
7308@end ifclear
7309@end ifset
7310
7311@ifset D10V
7312@include c-d10v.texi
7313@end ifset
7314
7315@ifset D30V
7316@include c-d30v.texi
7317@end ifset
7318
cfb8c092
NC
7319@ifset EPIPHANY
7320@include c-epiphany.texi
7321@end ifset
7322
252b5132
RH
7323@ifset H8/300
7324@include c-h8300.texi
7325@end ifset
7326
252b5132
RH
7327@ifset HPPA
7328@include c-hppa.texi
7329@end ifset
7330
5b93d8bb
AM
7331@ifset I370
7332@include c-i370.texi
7333@end ifset
7334
252b5132
RH
7335@ifset I80386
7336@include c-i386.texi
7337@end ifset
7338
e3308d0d
JE
7339@ifset I860
7340@include c-i860.texi
7341@end ifset
7342
252b5132
RH
7343@ifset I960
7344@include c-i960.texi
7345@end ifset
7346
9e32ca89
NC
7347@ifset IA64
7348@include c-ia64.texi
7349@end ifset
7350
a40cbfa3
NC
7351@ifset IP2K
7352@include c-ip2k.texi
7353@end ifset
7354
84e94c90
NC
7355@ifset LM32
7356@include c-lm32.texi
7357@end ifset
7358
49f58d10
JB
7359@ifset M32C
7360@include c-m32c.texi
7361@end ifset
7362
ec694b89
NC
7363@ifset M32R
7364@include c-m32r.texi
7365@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7366
7367@ifset M680X0
7368@include c-m68k.texi
7369@end ifset
7370
60bcf0fa
NC
7371@ifset M68HC11
7372@include c-m68hc11.texi
7373@end ifset
7374
a3c62988
NC
7375@ifset METAG
7376@include c-metag.texi
7377@end ifset
7378
01642c12 7379@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7380@include c-microblaze.texi
7381@end ifset
7382
252b5132
RH
7383@ifset MIPS
7384@include c-mips.texi
7385@end ifset
7386
3c3bdf30
NC
7387@ifset MMIX
7388@include c-mmix.texi
7389@end ifset
7390
2469cfa2
NC
7391@ifset MSP430
7392@include c-msp430.texi
7393@end ifset
7394
35c08157
KLC
7395@ifset NDS32
7396@include c-nds32.texi
7397@end ifset
7398
36591ba1
SL
7399@ifset NIOSII
7400@include c-nios2.texi
7401@end ifset
7402
252b5132
RH
7403@ifset NS32K
7404@include c-ns32k.texi
7405@end ifset
7406
e135f41b
NC
7407@ifset PDP11
7408@include c-pdp11.texi
7409@end ifset
7410
041dd5a9
ILT
7411@ifset PJ
7412@include c-pj.texi
7413@end ifset
7414
418c1742
MG
7415@ifset PPC
7416@include c-ppc.texi
7417@end ifset
7418
99c513f6
DD
7419@ifset RL78
7420@include c-rl78.texi
7421@end ifset
7422
046d31c2
NC
7423@ifset RX
7424@include c-rx.texi
7425@end ifset
7426
11c19e16
MS
7427@ifset S390
7428@include c-s390.texi
7429@end ifset
7430
c0157db4
NC
7431@ifset SCORE
7432@include c-score.texi
7433@end ifset
7434
252b5132
RH
7435@ifset SH
7436@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7437@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7438@end ifset
7439
7440@ifset SPARC
7441@include c-sparc.texi
7442@end ifset
7443
39bec121
TW
7444@ifset TIC54X
7445@include c-tic54x.texi
7446@end ifset
7447
40b36596
JM
7448@ifset TIC6X
7449@include c-tic6x.texi
7450@end ifset
7451
aa137e4d
NC
7452@ifset TILEGX
7453@include c-tilegx.texi
7454@end ifset
7455
7456@ifset TILEPRO
7457@include c-tilepro.texi
7458@end ifset
7459
3c9b82ba
NC
7460@ifset Z80
7461@include c-z80.texi
7462@end ifset
7463
252b5132
RH
7464@ifset Z8000
7465@include c-z8k.texi
7466@end ifset
7467
7468@ifset VAX
7469@include c-vax.texi
7470@end ifset
7471
7472@ifset V850
7473@include c-v850.texi
7474@end ifset
7475
f6c1a2d5
NC
7476@ifset XGATE
7477@include c-xgate.texi
7478@end ifset
7479
6753e72f
NC
7480@ifset XSTORMY16
7481@include c-xstormy16.texi
7482@end ifset
7483
e0001a05
NC
7484@ifset XTENSA
7485@include c-xtensa.texi
7486@end ifset
7487
252b5132
RH
7488@ifset GENERIC
7489@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7490@raisesections
7491@end ifset
7492
7493@node Reporting Bugs
7494@chapter Reporting Bugs
7495@cindex bugs in assembler
7496@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7497
a4fb0134 7498Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7499
7500Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7501not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7502entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7503Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7504
7505In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7506information that enables us to fix the bug.
7507
7508@menu
7509* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7510* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7511@end menu
7512
7513@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7514@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7515@cindex bug criteria
7516
7517If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7518
7519@itemize @bullet
7520@cindex fatal signal
7521@cindex assembler crash
7522@cindex crash of assembler
7523@item
7524If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7525@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7526
7527@cindex error on valid input
7528@item
a4fb0134 7529If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7530
7531@cindex invalid input
7532@item
a4fb0134 7533If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7534is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7535be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7536
7537@item
7538If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7539of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7540@end itemize
7541
7542@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7543@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7544@cindex bug reports
7545@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7546
7547A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7548you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7549contact that organization first.
7550
7551You can find contact information for many support companies and
7552individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7553distribution.
7554
ad22bfe8 7555@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7556In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7557to @value{BUGURL}.
7558@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7559
7560The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7561@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7562fact or leave it out, state it!
7563
7564Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7565and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7566name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7567not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7568happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7569perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7570the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7571give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7572and the most helpful.
7573
7574Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7575it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7576that the bug has not been reported previously.
7577
7578Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7579bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7580respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7581You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7582
7583To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7584
7585@itemize @bullet
7586@item
a4fb0134 7587The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7588it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7589
7590Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7591the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7592
7593@item
a4fb0134 7594Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7595
7596@item
7597The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7598version number.
7599
7600@item
a4fb0134 7601What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7602``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7603
7604@item
7605The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7606observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7607all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7608
7609If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7610and then we might not encounter the bug.
7611
7612@item
7613A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7614the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7615high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7616when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7617the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7618file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7619@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7620
7621@item
7622A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7623incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7624
a4fb0134 7625Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7626will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7627notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7628make a mistake.
7629
7630Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7631explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7632@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7633library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7634would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7635would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7636expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7637observations.
7638
7639@item
a4fb0134 7640If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7641diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7642option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7643discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7644by line number.
7645
7646The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7647sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7648@end itemize
7649
7650Here are some things that are not necessary:
7651
7652@itemize @bullet
7653@item
7654A description of the envelope of the bug.
7655
7656Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7657which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7658changes will not affect it.
7659
7660This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7661will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7662with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7663We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7664
7665Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7666of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7667output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7668less time, and so on.
7669
7670However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7671report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7672
7673@item
7674A patch for the bug.
7675
7676A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7677the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7678a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7679to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7680
a4fb0134 7681Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7682construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7683the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7684one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7685
7686And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7687patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7688help us to understand.
7689
7690@item
7691A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7692
7693Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7694things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7695@end itemize
7696
7697@node Acknowledgements
7698@chapter Acknowledgements
7699
653cfe85 7700If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7701it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7702maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7703@c (October 2012),
7704the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7705
7706Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7707more details?}
7708
7709Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7710information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7711extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7712
7713K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7714many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7715up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7716testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7717including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7718and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7719support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7720port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7721file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7722assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7723
7724Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7725in format-specific I/O modules.
7726
7727The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7728has done much work with it since.
7729
7730The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7731
7732Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7733
7734The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7735University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7736
7737Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7738(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7739(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7740support a.out format.
7741
7be1c489
AM
7742Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7743tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7744Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7745use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7746targets.
7747
7748John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7749simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7750updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7751fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7752remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7753cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7754required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7755
7756Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
775768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7758added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7759PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7760
653cfe85 7761Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7762
7763Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7764
7765Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7766along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7767formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7768the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7769
7770Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7771Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7772Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7773Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7774and some initial 64-bit support).
7775
c1253627 7776Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7777
252b5132
RH
7778Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7779support for openVMS/Alpha.
7780
39bec121
TW
7781Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7782flavors.
7783
e0001a05 7784David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7785Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7786
252b5132
RH
7787Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7788configuration enhancements.
7789
84e94c90
NC
7790Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7791
252b5132
RH
7792Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7793you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7794want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7795intentionally leaving anyone out.
7796
793c5807
NC
7797@node GNU Free Documentation License
7798@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7799@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7800
370b66a1
CD
7801@node AS Index
7802@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7803
7804@printindex cp
7805
252b5132
RH
7806@bye
7807@c Local Variables:
7808@c fill-column: 79
7809@c End:
This page took 1.147653 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.